Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Leisure / Planet Fitness

Planet Fitness

plnt · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker plnt
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Leisure
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Planet Fitness
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE
TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number  001-37534

PLANET FITNESS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

38-3942097

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

4 Liberty Lane West, Hampton, NH 03842
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)
(603) 750-0001
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share; Traded on the New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  x
NO  o

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  o
 NO  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  x
 NO  o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES  x
 NO  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of the "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "non-accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

  x

  o

   Accelerated filer

   Small reporting company

   Emerging Growth Company

  o

  o

  o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO ☒
The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class A common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock
as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2018 was approximately $3.9 billion.
The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of
February 22, 2019 was 83,600,812 shares and 9,441,730 shares, respectively.

Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 29, 2019, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PART I

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Item 16.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

2

Page

4

18

35

35

36

36

37

39

41

68

70

111

111

114

114

114

114

114

114

115

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the
“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such forward-looking statements reflect, among
other things, our current expectations and anticipated results of operations, all of which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that
may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, market trends, or industry results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-
looking  statements.  Therefore,  any  statements  contained  herein  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  may  be  forward-looking  statements  and  should  be
evaluated  as  such.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the  words  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “may,”  “plans,”  “projects,”  “should,”
“targets,” “will” and the negative thereof and similar words and expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements
are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Item 1A. – Risk Factors,” of this report. Unless legally required, we
assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking information to reflect actual results or changes in the factors affecting such forward-looking information.

3

Item 1. Business.

PART I

Planet Fitness, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed on March 16, 2015. Planet Fitness, Inc. Class A common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol “PLNT.”

Our Company

Fitness for everyone

We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly
recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment,
which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with
a  large  selection  of  high-quality,  purple  and  yellow  Planet  Fitness-branded  cardio,  circuit-  and  weight-training  equipment  and  friendly  staff  trainers  who  offer
unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per
month  for  our  standard  membership.  This  attractive  value  proposition  is  designed  to  appeal  to  a  broad  population,  including  occasional  gym  users  and  the
approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting
intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining
and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.

Our judgement-free approach to fitness and attractive value proposition have enabled us to grow our revenues to $ 572.9 million in 2018 and to become an industry
leader with $ 2.8 billion in system-wide sales during 2018 (which we define as monthly dues and annual fees billed by us and our franchisees), and approximately
12.5  million  members  and  1,742  stores  in  all  50  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Puerto  Rico,  Canada,  the  Dominican  Republic,  Panama  and  Mexico  as  of
December  31, 2018  . System-wide sales for 2018 include $ 2.6 billion  attributable  to  franchisee-owned  stores,  from  which  we generate  royalty  revenue,  and  $
137.9 million attributable to our corporate-owned stores. Of our 1,742 stores, 1,666 are franchised and 76 are corporate-owned. Our stores are successful in a wide
range of geographies and demographics. According to internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the opportunity to grow our store count to over 4,000
stores in the U.S. alone. Under signed area development agreements (“ADAs”) as of December 31, 2018 , our franchisees have committed to open more than 1,000
additional stores.

In 2018 , our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 40.9% and had average unit volumes (“AUVs”) of approximately $ 2.0 million with four-
wall EBITDA margins (an assessment of store-level profitability which includes local and national advertising expense) of approximately 46% , or approximately
39% after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a result of the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously
paid by all stores and deducted as an expense in arriving at four wall EBITDA. We believe this to be comparable to a franchise store under our current franchise
agreement.  Based on a  historical  survey  of  franchisees,  we believe  that,  on  average,  our franchise  stores  achieve  four-wall  EBITDA margins  in  line  with  these
corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. Our strong member value proposition has also driven growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions. For
a reconciliation of segment EBITDA margin to four-wall EBITDA margin for corporate-owned stores, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition.”

Our significant growth is reflected in:

•
•
•
•

•

•

•
•

1,742 stores as of December 31, 2018 , compared to 918 as of December 31, 2014, reflecting a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 17.4%;
12.5  million members as of December 31, 2018 , compared to 6.1 million as of December 31, 2014, reflecting a CAGR of 19.9%;
2018 system-wide sales of $ 2.8 billion, reflecting a CAGR of 23.4%, or increase of $1.6 billion, since 2014
2018 total revenue of $ 572.9 million, reflecting a CAGR of 19.6%, or increase of $293.1 million, since 2014, of which 0.4% is attributable to revenues
from corporate-owned stores acquired from franchisees since January 1, 2014;
48 consecutive quarters of system-wide same store sales growth (which we define as year-over-year growth solely of monthly dues from stores that have
been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months);
2018 net income of $ 103.2 million, reflecting a CAGR of 29.0%, or increase of $65.9 million, since 2014. Our historical results, prior to our initial public
offering, benefit from insignificant income taxes due to our status as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we anticipate future
results will not be comparable to periods prior to our IPO as our income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. is now subject to U.S. federal and state taxes;
2018 Adjusted EBITDA of $ 223.2 million, reflecting a CAGR of 22.1%, or increase of $122.7 million, since 2014; and
2018 Adjusted net income of $ 119.5 million compared to $ 82.3 million in 2017 , an increase of 45.3% .

4

 
For  a  discussion  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  net  income  and  a  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  net  income  to  net  income,  see
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a discussion of same store sales, see “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How we assess the performance of our business.”

Planet Fitness – Home of the Judgement Free Zone

We bring fitness to a large, previously underserved segment of the population. Our differentiated member experience is driven by three key elements:

• Welcoming, non-intimidating environment : We believe every member should feel accepted and respected when they walk into a Planet Fitness. Our stores
provide  a  Judgement  Free  Zone  where  members  of  all  fitness  levels  can  enjoy  a  non-intimidating  environment.  Our  “come  as  you  are”  approach  has
fostered a strong sense of community among our members, allowing them not only to feel comfortable as they work toward their fitness goals but also to
encourage others to do the same. By outfitting our gyms with more cardiovascular and light strength equipment, and not offering heavy free weights, we
reinforce  our  Judgement  Free  Zone  philosophy  by  discouraging  what  we  call  “Lunk”  behavior,  such  as  dropping  weights  and  grunting,  that  can  be
intimidating to new and occasional gym users. In addition, to help maintain our welcoming, judgement-free environment, each store is required to have a
purple and yellow branded “Lunk” alarm on the wall that staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted reminder of our policies.

•

•

Distinct store experience : Our bright, clean, large-format stores offer our members a selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded
cardio,  circuit-  and  weight-training  equipment  that  is  commonly  used  by  first-time  and  occasional  gym  users.  Because  our  stores  are  typically  20,000
square feet and we do not offer non-essential amenities such as group exercise classes, pools, day care centers and juice bars, we have more space for the
equipment  our  members  do  use.  We  believe  our  tailored  use  of  space  is,  at  least  in  part,  why we have  not  needed  to  impose  time  limits  on  our  cardio
machines.

Exceptional value for members : Both our standard and PF Black Card memberships are priced significantly below the industry median of $61 per month
and still provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience. In the U.S., for only $10 per month, our standard membership includes unlimited
access to one Planet Fitness location and unlimited free

5

 
 
 
 
fitness instruction to all members in small groups through our PE@PF program. And, for approximately $21.99 per month, our PF Black Card members
have access to all of our stores system-wide and can bring a guest on each visit, which provides an additional opportunity to attract new members. Our PF
Black  Card  members  also  have  access  to  exclusive  areas  in  our  stores  that  provide  amenities  such  as  water  massage  beds,  massage  chairs,  tanning
equipment and more .

Our differentiated  approach  to fitness  has allowed  us to create  an  attractive  franchise  model  that  is both  profitable  and scalable.  We recognize  that  our success
depends on a shared passion with our franchisees for providing a distinctive store experience based on a judgement-free environment and an exceptional value for
our  members.  We  seek  to  enhance  the  attractiveness  of  our  streamlined,  easy-to-operate  franchise  model  by  providing  franchisees  with  extensive  operational
support  relating  to  site  selection  and  development,  marketing  and  training.  We  also  take  a  highly  collaborative,  teamwork  approach  to  our  relationship  with
franchisees, as captured by our motto “One Team, One Planet.” We believe the strength of our brand and the attractiveness of our franchise model are evidenced by
the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2018 were opened by our existing franchisee base.

Our competitive strengths

We attribute our success to the following strengths:

• Market leader with differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage .  We believe we are the largest operator of
fitness  centers  in  the  U.S.  by  number  of  members,  with  approximately  12.5  million  members  as  of  December  31, 2018  .  Our franchisee-owned  and
corporate-owned stores generated $ 2.8 billion in system-wide sales during 2018 . Through our differentiated member experience, nationally recognized
brand and scale advantage, we will continue to deliver a compelling value proposition to our members and our franchisees and, we believe, grow our store
and total membership base.

•

•

•

Differentiated member experience . We seek to provide  our members  with a high-quality  fitness  experience  in a non-intimidating,  judgement-free
environment at an exceptional value. We have a dedicated Brand Excellence team that seeks to ensure that all our franchise stores uphold our brand
standards and deliver a consistent Planet Fitness member experience in every store.

Nationally recognized brand . We have developed a highly relatable and recognizable brand that emphasizes our focus on providing our members
with a judgement-free environment. We do so through fun and memorable marketing campaigns and in-store signage that highlights the judgement
people face in their everyday lives and how at Planet Fitness, they can be free to be themselves. As a result, we have among the highest aided and
unaided  brand  awareness  scores  in  the  U.S.  fitness  industry,  according  to  our  Brand  Health  research,  a  third-party  consumer  study  that  we  have
executed bi-annually. Our brand strength also helps our franchisees attract members, with new stores in 2018 signing up an average of more than
1,300 members even before opening their doors.

Scale advantage . Our scale  provides  several  competitive  advantages,  including  enhanced  purchasing  power  with  our  fitness  equipment  and  other
suppliers and the ability to attract high-quality franchisee partners. In addition, we estimate that our large U.S. national advertising fund, funded by
franchisees and us, together with our requirement that franchisees generally spend 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising, have
enabled us and our franchisees to spend over $650 million since 2011 on marketing to drive consumer brand awareness and preference.

•

•

Exceptional value proposition that appeals to a broad member demographic . We offer a high-quality and consistent fitness experience throughout our
entire  store  base  at  low  monthly  membership  dues.  Combined  with  our  non-intimidating  and  welcoming  environment,  we  are  able  to  attract  a  broad
member demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our member base is over 50% female and our members come from both
high-  and  low-income  households.  Our  broad  appeal  and  ability  to  attract  occasional  and  first-time  gym  users  enable  us  to  continue  to  target  a  large
segment of the population in a variety of markets and geographies across North America, including Puerto Rico, the Dominican Republic, Panama, and
Mexico.

Strong store-level economics . Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on
invested capital for both our corporate-owned and franchise stores. Average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased
significantly  since  2014,  driven  by  higher  average  members  per  store  as  well  as  a  higher  percentage  of  PF  Black  Card  members,  which  leverage  our
relatively fixed costs. In 2018 , our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 40.9% and had AUVs of approximately $ 2.0 million with
four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 46% , or approximately 39% after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a
result of the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously paid by all stores and deducted as an expense in arriving at four-wall
EBITDA. We believe this to be comparable to a franchise store under our current franchise agreement. Based on a historical survey of franchisees, we
believe that our franchise

6

stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. We believe that our strong store-level economics
are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.

• Highly  attractive  franchise  system  built  for  growth  .  Our  easy-to-operate  model,  strong  store-level  economics  and  brand  strength  have  enabled  us  to
attract a team of professional, successful franchisees from a variety of industries. We believe that our franchise model enables us to scale more rapidly
than  a  company-owned  model.  Our  streamlined  model  features  relatively  fixed  labor  costs,  minimal  inventory,  automatic  billing  and  limited  cash
transactions. Our franchisees enjoy recurring monthly member dues, regardless of member use, weather or other factors. Based on historical survey data
and management estimates, we believe our franchisees can earn, in their second year of operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on initial investment
greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in line with our corporate-owned stores. The attractiveness  of our franchise model is further
evidenced by the fact that our franchisees re-invest their capital with us, with over 90% of our new stores in 2018 opened by our existing franchisee base,
as well as 48 consecutive quarters of same store sales growth, including system-wide same store sales growth of 10.2% in 2018 . We view our franchisees
as strategic partners in expanding the Planet Fitness store base and brand.

•

•

Predictable and recurring revenue streams with high cash flow conversion . Our business model provides us with predictable and recurring revenue
streams. In 2018 , approximately 90% of both our corporate-owned store and franchise revenues consisted of recurring revenue streams, which include
royalties,  vendor  commissions,  monthly  dues  and  annual  fees.  In  addition,  our  franchisees  are  obligated  to  purchase  fitness  equipment  from  us  or  our
required vendor for their new stores and to replace this equipment every five to seven years. As a result, these “equip” and “re-equip” requirements create
a predictable and growing revenue stream as our franchisees open new stores under their ADAs. By re-investing in stores, we and our franchisees strive to
maintain and enhance our member experience. Our predictable and recurring revenue streams, combined with our attractive margins and minimal capital
requirements, result in high cash flow conversion and increased capacity to invest in future growth initiatives.

Proven, experienced management team driving a strong culture . Our strategic vision and unique culture have been developed and fostered by our senior
management team under the stewardship of Chief Executive Officer, Chris Rondeau. Mr. Rondeau has been with Planet Fitness for over 25 years and
helped  develop  the  Planet  Fitness  business  model  and  brand  elements  that  give  us  our  distinct  personality  and  spirited  culture.  Dorvin  Lively,  our
President and Chief Financial Officer, brings valuable expertise from over 35 years of corporate finance experience with companies such as RadioShack
and  Ace  Hardware,  and  from  the  initial  public  offering  of  Maidenform  Brands.  We  have  assembled  a  management  team  that  shares  our  passion  for
“fitness for everyone” and has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines, including retail, franchising, finance, consumer marketing, digital
strategies, brand development and information technology. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and has positioned us
well to execute our long-term growth strategy.

Our growth strategies

We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brand awareness, increase our revenues and profitability and deliver shareholder value by executing on
the following strategies:

•

•

Continue to grow our store base across a broad range of markets.   We have grown our store count over the last five years, expanding from 918 stores as of
December  31,  2014  to  1,742 stores  as  of  December  31,  2018  .  As  of  December  31,  2018  ,  our  franchisees  have  signed  ADAs  to  open  more  than  1,000
additional stores, including more than 500 over the next three years. Because our stores are successful across a wide range of geographies and demographics
with  varying  population  densities,  we  believe  that  our  high  level  of  brand  awareness  and  low  per  capita  penetration  in  certain  markets  create  a  significant
opportunity to open new Planet Fitness stores. Based on our internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the potential to grow our store base to over
4,000 stores in the U.S. alone.

Drive revenue growth and system-wide same store sales .  Because we provide a high-quality, affordable, non-intimidating fitness experience that is designed
for first-time and occasional gym users, we have achieved positive system-wide same store sales growth in each of the past 48 quarters. We expect to continue
to grow system-wide same store sales primarily by:

•

Attracting new members to existing Planet Fitness stores.  As the population in the markets where we operate continue to focus on health and wellness,
we believe  we are well-positioned  to capture a disproportionate  share of these populations given our appeal to first-time  and occasional gym users. In
addition, because our stores offer a large, focused selection of equipment geared toward first-time and occasional gym users, we are able to service higher
member volumes without sacrificing the member experience. We have also continued to evolve our offerings to appeal to our target member base,

7

 
including the introduction of TRX ® and other functional training modalities (e.g., medicine balls, stability balls, kettlebells, etc.) within designated areas,
as well as dedicated fitness programming to accompany this new equipment. We have also continued to enhance the PE@PF Program, our proprietary
small group training program.

•

Increasing  mix  of  PF  Black  Card  memberships  by  enhancing  value  and  member  experience  .    We  expect  to  drive  sales  by  continuing  to  convert  our
existing members with standard membership dues at $10 per month to our premium PF Black Card membership with dues at approximately $21.99 per
month as well as attracting new members to join at the PF Black Card level. We encourage this upgrade by continuing to enhance the value of our PF
Black  Card  benefits  through  additional  in-store  amenities,  such  as  hydro-massage  beds,  and  affinity  partnerships  for  discounts  and  promotions.  Since
2014, our PF Black Card members as a percentage of total membership has increased from 55% as of December 31, 2014 to 60% as of December 31,
2018 , and our average monthly dues per member have increased from $15.58 to $16.52 over the same period.

We may also explore other future revenue opportunities, such as optimizing member pricing and fees, offering new merchandise and services inside and outside
our stores, and securing affinity and other corporate partnerships.

•

•

•

Increase brand awareness to drive growth. We plan to continue to increase our strong brand awareness by leveraging significant marketing expenditures by
our  franchisees  and  us,  which  we  believe  will  result  in  increasing  membership  in  new  and  existing  stores  and  continue  to  attract  high-quality  franchisee
partners.  Under  our  current  franchise  agreement,  franchisees  are  required  to  contribute  2%  of  their  monthly  membership  dues  to  our  National  Advertising
Fund  (“NAF”),  from  which  we  spent  $  42.6  million  in  2018  alone  to  support  our  national  marketing  campaigns,  our  social  media  platforms  and  the
development of local advertising materials. Under our current franchise agreement, franchisees are also required to spend 7% of their monthly membership
dues on local advertising. We expect both our NAF and local advertising spending to grow as our membership grows.

Continue to expand royalties from increases in average royalty rate and new franchisees.  During 2017, we increased our current royalty rate to 7% and at
the same time, for new franchisees and existing franchisees on our current royalty rate structure, we eliminated certain commissions that were paid to us by
franchisees  and  rebates  that  were  earned  by  us  through  franchisee  purchases  from  third-party  vendors.  The  eliminated  commissions  and  rebates  equate  to
approximately 1.59% of an average franchisee’s monthly dues and annual fees based on system-wide averages. The current royalty rate of 7% includes this
1.59%. We also offered existing franchisees the opportunity to eliminate such commissions and rebates in exchange for a royalty rate increase of 1.59%. As of
December  31, 2018  ,  approximately  86%  of  our  franchisee  owned  stores  increased  their  royalty  rates  and  are  no  longer  subject  to  such  commissions  and
rebates.

While our current franchise agreement stipulates monthly royalty rates of 7% of monthly dues and annual membership fees, only 16% of our stores are paying
royalties at the current franchise agreement rate, primarily due to lower rates in historical agreements. As new franchisees enter our system and, generally, as
current franchisees open new stores or renew their existing franchise agreements at the current royalty rate, our average system-wide royalty rate will increase.
In 2018 , our average royalty rate was 5.61% compared to 2.95% in 2014. In addition to rising average royalty rates, total royalty revenue will continue to
grow as we expand our franchise store base and increase franchise same store sales.

Grow  sales  from  fitness  equipment  and  related  services.     Our  franchisees  are  contractually  obligated  to  purchase  fitness  equipment  from  us,  and  in
international markets, from our required vendors. Due to our scale and negotiating power, we believe we offer competitive pricing for high-quality, purple and
yellow Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment. We expect our equipment sales to grow as our U.S. franchisees open new stores and replace used equipment.
In international markets, we earn a commission on the sale of equipment by our required vendors to franchisee-owned stores. Additionally, all franchisees are
required  to  replace  their  existing  equipment  with  new  equipment  every  five  to  seven  years.  As  the  number  of  franchise  stores  continues  to  increase  and
existing franchise stores continue to mature, we anticipate incremental growth in revenue related to the sale of equipment to U.S. franchisees and commissions
on  the  sale  of  equipment  to  international  franchisees.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  regularly  refreshing  equipment  helps  our  franchise  stores  maintain  a
consistent, high-quality fitness experience and is one of the contributing factors that drives new member growth.

Our industry

Due to our unique positioning to a broader demographic, we believe Planet Fitness has an addressable market that is significantly larger than the traditional health
club industry. We view our addressable market as approximately 255 million people, representing the U.S. population over 14 years of age. We compete broadly
for consumer discretionary spending related to leisure, sports, entertainment and other non-fitness activities in addition to the traditional health club market.

8

According  to  the  International  Health,  Racquet  &  Sportsclub  Association  (“IHRSA”),  the  U.S.  health  club  industry  generated  approximately  $30.0  billion  in
revenue in 2017. The industry is highly fragmented, with 38,500 clubs across the U.S. serving approximately 60.9 million members, according to IHRSA. In 2017,
the U.S. health club industry grew by 5.3% in number of units and 6.3% in number of members compared to Planet Fitness, which grew by 15.6% and 19.9%,
respectively. IHRSA data is not yet available for 2018, but Planet Fitness grew its number of stores by 14.8% and its number of members by 17.4% in 2018. Over
the next five years, industry sources project that U.S. health club industry revenues will grow at an annualized rate of approximately 1.5%, primarily attributed to
an increase in discretionary spending coupled with continued consumer awareness and public initiatives on the health benefits of exercise. We believe we are well-
positioned to capitalize on these trends, and our impressive growth reinforces our distinct approach to fitness and broad demographic appeal.

Our brand philosophy

We are a brand built on passion and the belief that anyone can achieve their personal wellness goals in a non-intimidating, judgement-free environment. We have
become a nationally recognized consumer brand that stands for the welcoming environment, value and quality we provide our members.

The Judgement Free Zone . Planet Fitness is the home of the Judgement Free Zone. It is a place where people of all fitness levels can feel comfortable working out
at  their  own  pace,  feel  supported  in  their  efforts  and  not  feel  intimidated  by  pushy  salespeople  or  other  members  who  may  ruin  their  fitness  experience.  Our
philosophy is simple: Planet Fitness is an environment where members can relax, go at their own pace and be themselves without ever having to worry about being
judged. Behaviors such as grunting, dropping weights or judging others are not allowed in our stores.

All This for Only That . Planet Fitness monthly membership dues typically range from only $10 to $21.99 in the U.S. We pride ourselves on providing a high-
quality experience at an exceptional value, not an “economy” fitness experience.

No Lunks . Lunks are people who intimidate  others at the gym. To help maintain  our judgement-free  environment,  each store has a purple and yellow branded
“Lunk” alarm on the wall that our staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted, gentle reminder of our policies.

You Belong . We do a lot of little things to make members feel like part of our community—like  saying hello and goodbye to everyone who enters our stores,
providing Tootsie Rolls at the front desk so that our staff has another opportunity to engage with members, and other membership appreciation gestures such as
providing free pizza and bagels to our members once a month as a way to build community and reinforce that fitness can be fun.

Planet of Triumphs . All of our members are working toward their goals—from a single push-up to making it to Planet Fitness twice in a week to losing hundreds
of pounds. No matter what size the goal, we believe that all of these accomplishments deserve to be celebrated. Planet of Triumphs (www.PlanetofTriumphs.com)
is an elevating, inspiring, Judgement Free social community of real members where all stories are welcome. Planet of Triumphs provides an online platform for
members to recognize their triumphs (big and small), share their stories and encourage others, while spotlighting our unique brand belief that everyone belongs.

Membership

We make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store—no pushy sales tactics, no pressure and no complicated rate structures. Our corporate-owned
stores provide incentive compensation for store staff to successfully drive key business metrics in the service, personnel and financial categories, and we encourage
our franchisees to follow our lead. Our regional managers review our corporate stores multiple times per month for quality control, including generally one visit per
month during which they evaluate store cleanliness based upon internally established criteria. Our members generally pay the following amounts (or an equivalent
amount in the store’s local currency):

• monthly membership dues of only $10 for our standard membership, or approximately $21.99 for PF Black Card members;

•

•

current standard annual fees of approximately $39; and

enrollment fees of approximately $0 to $59.

Belonging to a Planet Fitness store has perks whether members select the standard membership or the premium PF Black Card membership. Every member gets to
take part can take advantage of free pizza and bagels once a month and gets free, unlimited fitness instruction included in their monthly membership fee. Our PF
Black Card members also have the right to reciprocal use of all Planet Fitness stores, can bring a friend with them each time they work out, and have access to
massage beds and chairs and tanning, among other benefits. PF Black Card benefits extend beyond our store as well, with exclusive specials and discount offers

9

 
from  third-party  retail  partners.  While  some  of  our  memberships  require  a  cancellation  fee,  we  offer,  and  require  our  franchisees  to  offer,  a  non-committal
membership option.

As of December 31, 2018 , we had approximately 12.5 million members. We utilize electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) as our primary method of collecting monthly
dues  and  annual  membership  fees.  Over  85%  of  membership  fee  payments  to  our  corporate-owned  and  franchise  stores  are  collected  via  Automated  Clearing
House (“ACH”) direct debit. We believe there are certain advantages to receiving a higher concentration of ACH payments, as compared to credit cards payments,
including less frequent expiration of billing information and reduced exposure to subjective chargeback or dispute claims and fees. Due to our scale and negotiating
power,  we  believe  that  our  third  party  payment  processors  offer  a  competitive  bundle  of  transaction  pricing  and  support  services  to  our  franchisees  while
facilitating revenue collection by us.

Our stores
We had 1,742 stores system-wide as of December 31, 2018 , of which 1,666 were franchised and 76 were corporate-owned, located in 50 states, the District of
Columbia,  Puerto  Rico,  Canada,  the  Dominican  Republic,  Panama  and  Mexico.  The  map  below  shows  our  franchisee-owned  stores  by  location,  and  the
accompanying table shows our corporate-owned stores by location. Under signed ADAs, as of December 31, 2018 , franchisees have committed to open more than
1,000 additional stores.

Franchisee-owned store count by location  

Our format

Many  traditional  gyms  include  expensive  add-ons  such  as  pools,  group  exercise  rooms,  daycare  facilities  and  juice  bars  that  require  additional  maintenance
expense  and  staffing.  We  have  removed  these  unnecessary  and  expense-adding  facilities  and  services  and  replaced  them  with  additional  cardio  and  strength
equipment, which we believe allows us to serve more members without imposing time limits on equipment use. We believe our streamlined offerings appeal to the
core needs of most gym users, especially first-time or occasional gym users.

Our stores  are  designed  and  outfitted  to match  our brand  philosophy,  with bright,  bold  purple  and yellow  color  schemes  and  purple  and yellow  Planet  Fitness-
branded equipment and amenities. Our typical store is 20,000 square feet in single or multi-level retail space. Our stores generally include at least 75 to 100 pieces
of co-branded cardio equipment, free weights, strength machines, a 30-minute circuit workout area, a small retail area and a drink cooler. For our PF Black Card
members, our stores also generally feature a PF Black Card spa area with total body enhancement machines, massage beds or chairs and tanning.

10

Store model

Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on invested capital for both our corporate-
owned  and  franchise  stores.  Based  on  a  historical  survey  of  franchisees  and  management  estimates,  we  believe  that  our  franchise  stores  achieve  store-level
profitability in line with our corporate-owned store base. The stores included in this survey represent those stores that voluntarily disclosed such information in
response  to  our  request,  and  we  believe  this  information  reflects  a  representative  sample  of  franchisees  based  on  the  franchisee  groups  and  geographic  areas
represented  by  these  stores.  Our  average  four-wall  EBITDA  margins  for  our  corporate-owned  stores  have  increased  significantly  since  2012,  driven  by  higher
average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverages our fixed costs. In 2018 , our corporate-owned stores had
segment EBITDA margin of 40.9% and had AUVs of approximately $ 2.0 million with four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 46% , or approximately 39%
after applying the current 7% royalty rate, which includes 1.59% royalty as a result of the elimination of certain rebates and commissions that were previously paid
by  all  stores  and  deducted  as  an  expense  in  arriving  at  four  wall  EBITDA.  We  believe  this  to  be  comparable  to  a  franchise  store,  under  our  current  franchise
agreement.  Based  on  survey  data  and  management  analysis,  franchisees  have  historically  earned,  and  we  believe  can  continue  to  earn,  in  their  second  year  of
operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) initial investment greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in
line with our corporate-owned stores. A franchisee’s initial investment includes fitness equipment purchased from us (or from our required vendors in the case of
our  franchisees  in  international  markets)  as  well  as  costs  for  non-fitness  equipment  and  leasehold  improvements.  The  attractiveness  of  our  franchise  model  is
further  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  over  90%  of  our  new  stores  in  2018  were  opened  by  our  existing  franchisee  base.  We  believe  that  our  strong  store-level
economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.

Fitness equipment

We provide our members with high-quality, Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment from leading suppliers. In order to maintain a consistent experience across
our store base, we stipulate specific pieces and quantities of cardio and strength-training equipment and work with franchisees to review and approve layouts and
placement.  Due  to  our  scale,  we  are  able  to  negotiate  competitive  pricing  and  secure  extended  warranties  from  our  suppliers.  As  a  result,  we  believe  we  offer
equipment at more attractive pricing than franchisees could otherwise secure on their own.

Leases

We lease all but one of our corporate-owned stores and our corporate  headquarters.  Our store leases typically  have initial  terms of 10 years with two five-year
renewal options, exercisable in our discretion. In October, 2016, we executed a lease for our current corporate headquarters at 4 Liberty Lane West, Hampton, New
Hampshire,  for  an  initial  term  of  15  years  with  one  five-year  renewal  option,  exercisable  at  our  discretion.  Our  corporate  headquarters  serves  as  our  base  of
operations  for  substantially  all  of  our  executive  management  and  employees  who  provide  our  primary  corporate  support  functions,  including  finance,  legal,
marketing, technology, real estate, development and human resources.

Franchisees own or directly lease from a third-party each Planet Fitness franchise location. We have not historically owned or entered into leases for Planet Fitness
franchise stores and generally do not guarantee franchisees’ lease agreements, although we have done so in a few isolated instances.

Franchising

Franchising strategy

We rely heavily on our franchising strategy to develop new Planet Fitness stores, leveraging the ownership of entrepreneurs with specific local market expertise. As
of December 31, 2018 , there were 1,666 franchised Planet Fitness stores operated by approximately 150 franchisee groups. The majority of our existing franchise
operators are multi-unit operators. As of December 31, 2018 , 96% of all franchise stores were owned and operated by a franchisee group that owns at least three
stores.  However,  while  our  largest  franchisee  owns  119  stores,  only  24%  of  our  franchisee  groups  own  more  than  ten  stores.  When  considering  a  potential
franchisee,  we  generally  evaluate  the  potential  franchisee’s  prior  experience  in  franchising  or  other  multi-unit  businesses,  history  in  managing  profit  and  loss
operations, financial history and available capital and financing. We generally do not permit franchisees to borrow more than 80% of the initial investment for their
Planet Fitness business.

11

Area development agreements

An ADA specifies the number of Planet Fitness stores to be developed by the franchisee in a designated geographic area, and requires the franchisee to meet certain
scheduled deadlines for the development and opening of each Planet Fitness store authorized by the ADA. If the franchisee meets those obligations and otherwise
complies with the terms of the ADA, we agree not to, during the term of the ADA, operate or franchise new Planet Fitness stores in the designated geographic area.
The franchisee must sign a separate franchise agreement with us for each Planet Fitness store developed under an ADA and that franchise agreement governs the
franchisee’s right to own and operate the Planet Fitness store.

Franchise agreements

For each franchised Planet Fitness store, we enter into a franchise agreement covering standard terms and conditions. Planet Fitness franchisees are not granted an
exclusive area or territory under the franchise agreement. The franchise agreement requires that the franchisee operate the Planet Fitness store at a specific location
and in compliance with our standard methods of operation, including providing the services, using the vendors and selling the merchandise that we require. The
typical franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Additionally, franchisees must purchase equipment from us (or our required vendors in the case of our franchisees
located in international markets) and replace the fitness equipment in their stores every five to seven years and periodically refurbish and remodel their stores.

We currently require each franchisee to designate a responsible owner and an approved operator for each Planet Fitness store that will have primary management
authority for that store. We require these franchisees to complete our initial and ongoing training programs, including minimum periods of classroom and on-the-
job training.

Site selection and approval

Our  stores  are  generally  located  in  free-standing  retail  buildings  or  neighborhood  shopping  centers,  and  we  consider  locations  in  both  high-  and  low-density
markets. We seek out locations with (i) high visibility and accessibility, (ii) favorable traffic counts and patterns, (iii) availability of signage, (iv) ample parking or
access  to  public  transportation  and  (v)  our  targeted  demographics.  We  use  third-party  site  analytics  tools  that  provide  us  with  extensive  demographic  data  and
analysis that we use to review new and existing sites and markets for our corporate-owned stores and franchisees. We assess population density and drive time,
current tenant mix, layout, potential competition and impact on existing Planet Fitness stores and comparative data based upon existing stores—all the way down to
optimal ceiling heights and HVAC requirements. Our real estate team meets regularly to review sites for future development and follows a detailed review process
to ensure each site aligns with our strategic growth objectives and critical success factors.

We help franchisees select sites and develop facilities in these stores that conform to the physical specifications for a Planet Fitness store. As part of our process to
support our franchisees growth in local markets under their ADAs, we also assist them in finding real estate locations for new stores. One way we do this is by
having regional real estate professionals work directly with franchisees and their real estate brokers, landlords and developers. Each franchisee is responsible for
selecting a site, but must obtain site approval from us. We primarily learn of new sites in two ways. First, we have a formal site-approval submission process for
landlords and franchisees. Each site submitted to us is reviewed by a subcommittee of our real estate team for brand qualifications. Second, we proactively review
real estate portfolios for appropriate sites that we may consider for corporate-owned stores or franchisee development, depending upon location.

We are also involved in real estate organizations such as the International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC), a trade organization for the international shopping
center industry. Our membership in ICSC allows us to gather data, meet prospective landlords and further enhance our reputation as a desired tenant for shopping
centers.

Design and construction

Once we have approved a franchisee’s site selection, we assist in the design and layout of the store and track the franchisee’s progress from lease signing to grand
opening. Franchisees  are  offered  the assistance  of our franchise  support team  to track  key milestones,  coordinate  with vendors  and make  equipment  purchases.
Certain  Planet  Fitness  brand  elements  are  required  to  be  incorporated  into  every  new  store,  and  we  strive  for  a  consistent  appearance  across  all  of  our  stores,
emphasizing  clean,  attractive  facilities,  including  full-size  locker  rooms,  and  modern  equipment.  Franchisees  must  abide  by  our  standards  related  to  fixtures,
finishes  and  design  elements,  including  distinctive  touches  such  as  our  “Lunk”  alarm.  We  believe  these  elements  are  critical  to  ensure  brand  consistency  and
member experience system-wide.

In  2018  and  2017,  based  on  a  sample  of  U.S.  franchisee  data,  we  believe  construction  of  franchise  stores  averaged  approximately  14  weeks.  We  sampled
construction  costs  to  build  new  stores  from  across  a  wide  range  of  U.S.  geographies,  56  and  49  new  stores,  in  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Based  upon  these
samples, franchisees’ unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) investment to open a new store ranged from approximately $1.4 million to $3.2 million and $1.5 million to
$3.2 million, based upon our samples in

12

2018 and 2017, respectively. These amounts include fitness equipment purchased from us as well as costs for non-fitness equipment and leasehold improvements
and is based in part upon data we received from four general contractors that oversaw the construction of the stores in the sample set. Additionally, these amounts
include  an  estimate  of  other  costs  that  are  typically  paid  by  the  franchisee  and  not  managed  by  the  general  contractor.  These  amounts  can  vary  significantly
depending  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  landlord  allowances  for  tenant  improvements  and  construction  costs  from  different  geographies  and  does  not
necessarily represent the total construction costs on a cash basis.

Franchisee support

We  live  and  breathe  the  motto  One Team, One Planet  in  our  daily  interactions  with  franchisees.  Our  franchise  model  is  streamlined  and  easy-to-operate,  with
efficient staffing and minimal inventory, and is supported by an active, engaged franchise operations system. We provide our franchisees with operational support,
marketing materials and training resources. Our strong and long-lasting partnership with our franchisees is reflected in the fact that over 90% of our new stores in
2018 were opened by our existing franchisee base.

Training .  We continue to update and expand, Planet Fitness University, a comprehensive training resource to help franchisees operate successful stores. Courses
are delivered online, and content focuses on customer service, operational policies, brand standards, cleanliness, security awareness, crisis management and vendor
product  information.  The  core  online  curriculum  is  offered  in  both  English  and  Spanish  to  support  our  Spanish-speaking  team  members.  We  regularly  add  and
improve the content available on Planet Fitness University as a no-cost service to help enhance training programs for franchisees. Additional training opportunities
offered to our franchisees include new owner orientation, operations training and workshops held at Planet Fitness headquarters, in stores and through regularly
held webinars.

Operational support and communication .  We believe spending quality time with our franchisees in person is an important opportunity to further strengthen our
relationships and share best practices. We have dedicated operations and marketing teams providing ongoing support to franchisees. We are hands on—we often
attend franchisees’ presales and grand openings, and we host franchisee meetings each year, known as “PF Huddles.” We also communicate regularly with our
entire  franchisee  base  to  keep  them  informed,  and  we  host  a  franchise  conference  approximately  every  18  months  that  is  geared  towards  franchisees  and  their
operations teams.

We regularly communicate with the franchisee advisory groups described below and send a weekly email communication to all franchisees with timely “news you
can use” information related to operations, marketing, financing and equipment. Every month, a franchisee newsletter is sent to all franchisees, which includes a
personal letter from our Chief Executive Officer, important updates on the business and benchmarking reports.

Franchisee relations .  Because our ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon the strength of our relationships with our franchisees, we maintain an ongoing
dialogue  and  strong  relationship  with  two  franchise  advisory  groups,  the  Franchise  Advisory  Council  (“FAC”)  and  the  Planet  Fitness  Independent  Franchise
Association (“PFIFA”). The FAC includes seven franchisees elected by the franchisee base and numerous committees consisting of approximately 40 franchisees.
The  FAC  and  its  committees  provide  feedback  and  input  on  major  brand  initiatives,  new  product  and  service  introductions,  technology  initiatives,  marketing
programs and advertising campaigns. FAC leaders have regular dialogue with our executive team and work closely with us to advise on major initiatives impacting
the brand. Our strong culture of working together is the driving force behind all we do. In 2014, in cooperation with us, our franchisees also organized PFIFA.

Compliance with brand standards—Franchise Business Coach

We  have  a  dedicated  field  support  team  of  franchise  business  coaches  focused  on  ensuring  that  our  franchise  stores  adhere  to  brand  standards  and  providing
ongoing assistance, training and coaching to all franchisees. We generally perform a site visit and operations review on each franchise store within 30 to 60 days of
opening,  and  each  franchise  ownership  group  is  visited  at  least  once  per  year  in  multiple  locations,  for  a  business  review  with  their  franchise  business  coach
thereafter.

We  perform  store  reviews  based  on  a  wide  range  of  criteria  ranging  from  cleanliness  to  brand  compliance,  layout  requirements  and  operational  standards.  We
record the results of each visit and automatically send a report to the appropriate franchisee. Results are also available to the franchisee through our systems, which
provide access to regional and international benchmarking data, allowing franchisees to compare overall results among their peers as well as results based upon
each criterion. Stores that do not receive a passing score are automatically flagged for follow-up by our team, are provided with an action plan for the franchisee to
complete and will generally be reevaluated within 30 to 60 days to ensure all identified issues have been addressed. The system also enables franchisees to perform,
track and benchmark self-assessments and online member surveys.

13

We  also  use  mystery  shoppers  to  perform  anonymous  reviews  of  franchise  stores.  We  generally  select  franchise  stores  for  review  randomly  but  also  target
underperforming stores and stores that have not performed well on previous visits from their franchise business coach.

Marketing

Marketing strategy

Our marketing strategy is anchored by our key brand differentiators—the Judgement Free Zone, our exceptional value and our high-quality experience. We are
well known for our memorable and creative advertising, which not only drives membership sales, but also showcases our brand philosophy, humor and innovation
in  the  industry.  We  see  Planet  Fitness  as  a  community  gathering  place,  and  the  heart  of  our  marketing  strategy  is  to  create  a  welcoming  community  for  our
members.

Marketing spending

National advertising .  We support our franchisees both at a national and local level. We manage the U.S. NAF and Canadian advertising fund for franchisees and
corporate-owned stores, with the goals of generating national awareness through national advertising and media partnerships, developing and maintaining creative
assets to support local sale periods throughout the year, and building and supporting the Planet Fitness community via digital, social media and public relations.
Our  current  U.S.  and  Canadian  franchise  agreement  requires  franchisees  to  contribute  2%  of  their  monthly  EFT  to  the  NAF  and  Canadian  advertising  fund,
respectively. Since the U.S. NAF was founded in September 2011, it has enabled us to spend approximately $185.8 million to increase national brand awareness,
including $44.8 million in 2018 , $2.2 million of which is from our corporate-owned stores and included in store-operations expense on the consolidated statements
of operations. We believe this is a powerful marketing tool as it allows us to increase brand awareness in new and existing markets.

Local marketing .  Our  current  franchise  agreement  requires  franchisees  to  spend  7%  of  their  monthly  EFT on local  marketing  to  support  branding  efforts  and
promotional sale periods throughout the year. In situations where multiple ownership groups exist in a geographic area, we have the ability to require franchisees to
form or join regional marketing cooperatives to maximize the impact of their marketing spending. Our corporate-owned stores contribute to, and participate in,
regional marketing cooperatives with franchisees where practical. All franchise stores are supported by our dedicated franchisee marketing team, which provides
guidance, tracking, measurement and advice on best practices. Franchisees spend their marketing dollars in a variety of ways to promote business at their stores on
a local level. These methods typically include media vehicles that are effective on a local level, including direct mail, outdoor (including billboards), television,
radio and digital advertisements and local partnerships and sponsorships.

Media partnerships

Given our scale and marketing resources through our national advertising fund, we have aligned ourselves with high-profile media partners who have helped to
extend the global reach of our brand. For the past four years, we have been the presenting sponsor of “Dick Clark’s New Year’s Rockin’ Eve with Ryan Seacrest.”
This has allowed us to showcase the Planet Fitness brand and our judgement-free philosophy to over a billion TV viewers annually at a key time of year when
health and wellness is top of mind for consumers.

Judgement Free Generation

The  Judgement  Free  Generation  is  Planet  Fitness’  philanthropic  initiative  designed  to  combat  the  judgement  and  bullying  faced  by today’s  youth  by creating  a
culture  of  kindness  and  encouragement.  With  our  Judgement  Free  Zone  principle  as  a  solid  foundation,  The  Judgement  Free  Generation  aims  to  empower  a
generation to grow up contributing to a more judgement free planet— a place where everyone feels accepted and like they belong.

We have partnered with Boys & Girls Clubs of America, PACER National Bullying Prevention Center and STOMP Out Bullying, to make a meaningful impact on
the lives of today's youth. Together with our franchisees and vendors, Planet Fitness has donated approximately $4.5 million to support anti-bullying, pro-kindness
initiatives.

Competition

In  a  broad  sense,  because  many  of  our  members  are  first-time  or  occasional  gym  users,  we  believe  we  compete  with  both  fitness  and  non-fitness  consumer
discretionary spending alternatives for members’ and prospective members’ time and discretionary resources.

To a great extent, we also compete with other industry participants, including:

14

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

other fitness centers;

recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations such as YMCAs and by businesses for their employees;

private studios and other boutique fitness offerings;

racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;

amenity and condominium/apartment clubs;

country clubs;

online personal training and fitness coaching;

the home-use fitness equipment industry;

local tanning salons; and

businesses offering similar services .

The health club industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary by region. Some of our competitors have
name recognition in their respective countries or an established presence in local markets, and some are established in markets in which we have existing stores or
intend to locate new stores. These risks are more significant internationally, where we have a limited number of stores and limited brand recognition.

We compete primarily based upon the membership value proposition we are able to offer due to our significant economies of scale, high-quality fitness experience,
judgement-free atmosphere and superior customer service, all at an attractive value, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors.

Our competition continues to increase as we continue to expand into new markets and add stores in existing markets. See also “Risk Factors—Risks related to our
business and industry—The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.”

Suppliers

Franchisees are required to purchase fitness equipment from us (or our required vendors in the case of franchisees located in international markets) and are required
to purchase various other items from vendors that we approve. We sell equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to franchise stores in the
U.S.  We  also  have  one  approved  supplier  of  tanning  beds,  one  approved  supplier  of  massage  beds  and  chairs,  and  various  approved  suppliers  of  non-fitness
equipment and miscellaneous items. These vendors arrange for delivery of products and services directly to franchise stores. From time to time, we re-evaluate our
supply relationships to ensure we obtain competitive pricing and high-quality equipment and other items.

Employees

As of December 31, 2018 , we employed 1,052 employees at our corporate-owned stores and 250 employees at our corporate headquarters located at 4 Liberty
Lane  West,  Hampton,  New  Hampshire.  None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  labor  unions,  and  we  believe  we  have  an  excellent  relationship  with  our
employees.

Planet Fitness franchises are independently owned and operated businesses. As such, employees of our franchisees are not employees of the Company.

Information technology and systems

All  stores  use  a  computerized,  third-party  hosted  store  management  system  to  process  new  in-store  memberships,  bill  members,  update  member  information,
check-in  members,  process  point  of  sale  transactions  as  well  as  track  and  analyze  sales,  membership  statistics,  cross-store  utilization,  member  tenure,  amenity
usage,  billing  performance  and  demographic  profiles  by  member.  Our  websites  are  hosted  by  third  parties,  and  we  also  rely  on  third-party  vendors  for  related
functions such as our system for processing and integrating new online memberships, updating member information and making online payments. We believe these
systems are scalable to support our growth plans.

Our back-office computer systems are comprised of a variety of technologies designed to assist in the management and analysis of our revenues, costs and key
operational  metrics  as  well  as  support  the  daily  operations  of  our  headquarters.  These  include  third-party  hosted  systems  that  support  our  real  estate  and
construction  processes,  a  third-party  hosted  financial  system,  a  third-party  hosted  data  warehouse  and  business  intelligence  system  to  consolidate  multiple  data
sources for reporting, advanced analysis, and

15

financial  analysis  and  forecasting,  a  third-party  hosted  payroll  system,  on  premise  telephony  systems  and  a  third-party  hosted  call  center  software  solution  to
manage and track member-related requests.

We  also  provide  our  franchisees  access  to  a  web-based,  third-party  hosted  custom  franchise  management  system  to  receive  informational  notices,  operational
resources and updates, training materials and other franchisee communications. In 2018 we continued our multi-phased project that we started in 2015 to replace
our existing franchise management system and consolidate several back-office systems, onto a third-party hosted platform to drive greater cross-system integration
and efficiency and provide a scalable platform to support our growth plans. We expect to continue investing resources in 2019 through smaller, focused projects for
our franchise management system to support the changing needs of our business.

In  2018,  we  engaged  with  a  third-party  software  development  vendor  to  develop  a  new,  custom  digital  platform,  which,  through  the  exchange  of  data  and
introduction of digital products and services, facilitates digital experiences across any digital channel, including mobile, online, and in-store media. This platform is
hosted by third parties and we rely on third-party vendors to maintain the platform and develop new digital capabilities. This solution will increasingly enable our
ability to provide differentiated and unique experiences to our customers, allow for various partnership types and is aligned with our ongoing business strategy.

We recognize the value of enhancing and extending the uses of information technology in virtually every area of our business. Our information technology strategy
is aligned to support our business strategy and operating plans. We maintain an ongoing comprehensive multi-year program to replace or upgrade key systems,
enhance security and optimize their performance.

Intellectual property

We own many registered  trademarks  and service  marks  in the U.S. and in other  countries,  including  “Planet Fitness,”  “Judgement  Free Zone,” “PE@PF,” “No
Lunks,” “PF Black Card,” “No Gymtimidation,” “You Belong,” “Judgement Free Generation” and various other marks. We believe the Planet Fitness name and
the  many  distinctive  marks  associated  with  it  are  of  significant  value  and  are  very  important  to  our  business.  Accordingly,  as  a  general  policy,  we  pursue
registration of our marks in select international jurisdictions, monitor the use of our marks in the U.S. and internationally and challenge any unauthorized use of the
marks.

We license the use of our marks to franchisees, third-party vendors and others through franchise agreements, vendor agreements and licensing agreements. These
agreements typically restrict third parties’ activities with respect to use of the marks and impose brand standards requirements. We require licensees to inform us of
any potential infringement of the marks.

We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works. Such copyrighted materials are not material
to our business.

We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our stores but such licenses are not material to our business.

Government regulation

We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, international, state, provincial and local laws and regulations affecting our business.

We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule promulgated by the FTC that regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the U.S. and its territories (including Puerto
Rico) and requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in a franchise disclosure document (“FDD”). In addition, we are subject
to state franchise registration and disclosure laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us, unless otherwise exempt,
to register our franchise offering in those states prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to prospective franchisees
in accordance with such laws.

We  are  subject  to  franchise  registration  and  disclosure  laws  in  six  provinces  in  Canada  that  regulate  the  offer  and  sale  of  franchises  by  requiring  us,  unless
otherwise exempt, to register our franchise offering in those provinces in a prescribed format to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws, and that
regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. We are also subject to franchise relationship laws in approximately 20 states that regulate many aspects of the
franchise relationship including, depending upon the state, renewals and terminations of franchise agreements, franchise transfers, the applicable law and venue in
which  franchise  disputes  may  be  resolved,  discrimination,  and  franchisees’  rights  to  associate,  among  others.  In  addition,  we  and  our  franchisees  may  also  be
subject to laws in other foreign countries where we or they do business.

We and our franchisees are also subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, similar state laws in certain jurisdictions, and various other U.S.
and  international  laws  governing  such  matters  as  minimum-wage  requirements,  overtime  and  other  working  conditions.  Based  on  our  experience  with  hiring
employees and operating stores, we believe a significant number

16

of  our  and  our  franchisees’  employees  are  paid  at  rates  related  to  the  U.S.  federal  or  state  minimum  wage,  and  past  increases  in  the  U.S.  federal  and/or  state
minimum wage have increased labor costs, as would future increases.

Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S. federal and state, as well as international, provincial and local laws and regulations,
including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of properties depends to a significant extent on
the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements.

We and our franchisees are responsible at each of our respective locations for compliance with U.S. state laws, Canadian provincial laws and other international
local laws that regulate the relationship between health clubs and their members. Nearly all states and provinces have consumer protection regulations that limit the
collection of monthly membership dues prior to opening, require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling
off” periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for health clubs, govern member rights in the event of a member
relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a health club closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals.

We and our franchisees primarily accept payments for our memberships through EFTs from members’ bank accounts, and, therefore, we and our franchisees are
subject to federal, state and international laws legislation and certification requirements, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states and provinces
have passed or have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which
memberships can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis
after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and
variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club
statutes provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable.

Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of personally identifiable data by our, or our franchisees’, businesses are regulated at the
federal, state and international levels as well as by certain financial industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry, Security Standards Council, the National
Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”) and the Canadian Payments Association. Federal, state, international and financial industry groups may also
consider  from  time  to  time  new  privacy  and  security  requirements  that  may  apply  to  our  businesses  and  may  impose  further  restrictions  on  our  collection,
disclosure,  use,  and  disposal  of  personally  identifiable  information  that  are  housed  in  one  or  more  of  our  databases.    These  security  requirements  and  further
restrictions, including the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), grant protections and causes of action
related to consumer data privacy and the methods in which it is collected, stored, used, and disposed by us, our franchisees, and applicable third parties.

Many of the states and provinces where we and our franchisees operate stores have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that
offer indoor tanning services. In addition, U.S. federal law imposes a 10% excise tax on indoor tanning services. Under the rule promulgated by the IRS imposing
the tax, a portion of the cost of memberships that include access to our tanning services are subject to the tax.

Our organizational structure

Planet Fitness, Inc. is a holding company, and its principal asset is an equity interest in the membership units (“Holdings Units”) in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (“Pla-Fit
Holdings”).

We are the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings. We operate and control all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and we hold 100% of the voting
interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As a result, we consolidate Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and report a non-controlling interest related to the Holdings Units not
owned by us. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information.

Available information

Our website address is www.planetfitness.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://investor.planetfitness.com. Information on our website is not
incorporated  by  reference  herein.  Copies  of  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  our  Proxy
Statements for our annual meetings of shareholders, and any amendments to those reports, as well as Section 16 reports filed by our insiders, are available free of
charge  on  our  website  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  file  the  reports  with,  or  furnish  the  reports  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
“SEC”).The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) containing reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC.

17

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

We could be adversely impacted by various risks and uncertainties. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results, cash
flow and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our financial results are affected by the operating and financial results of, and our relationships with, our franchisees.

A substantial portion of our revenues come from royalties, which are generally based on a percentage of monthly membership dues and annual fees at our franchise
stores or, in certain cases, a sliding scale based on monthly membership dues, other fees and commissions generated from activities associated with our franchisees,
and equipment sales to our franchisees. As a result, our financial results are largely dependent upon the operational and financial results of our franchisees. As of
December 31, 2018 , we had approximately 150 franchisee groups operating 1,742 stores. Negative economic conditions, including recession, inflation, increased
unemployment  levels  and  the  effect  of  decreased  consumer  confidence  or  changes  in  consumer  behavior,  could  materially  harm  our  franchisees’  financial
condition, which would cause our royalty and other revenues to decline and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition as a
result. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements, these revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition.

Our franchisees could take actions that harm our business.

Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance with the operational, safety and health standards set forth in our agreements with
them. However, franchisees are independent third parties, and their actions are outside of our control. In addition, we cannot be certain that our franchisees will
have the business acumen or financial resources necessary to operate successful franchises in their approved locations, and certain state franchise laws may limit
our ability to terminate or modify these franchise agreements. The franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their stores. As a result, the ultimate
success and quality of any franchise store rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with required standards
and comply with local laws and regulations, franchise fees and royalties paid to us may be adversely affected, and our brand image and reputation could be harmed,
which in turn could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Although  we  believe  we  generally  maintain  positive  working  relationships  with  our  franchisees,  disputes  with  franchisees  could  damage  our  brand  image  and
reputation and our relationships with our franchisees generally.

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brand.

Our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of our brand, our store members’ connection to our brand and a positive
relationship  with  our  franchisees.  Brand  value  can  be  severely  damaged  even  by  isolated  incidents,  particularly  if  the  incidents  receive  considerable  negative
publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may relate to our policies, the way we manage our relationships with our franchisees, our growth strategies,
our development efforts or the ordinary course of our, or our franchisees’, businesses. Other incidents that could be damaging to our brand may arise from events
that are or may be beyond our ability to control, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actions taken (or not taken) by one or more franchisees or their employees relating to health, safety, welfare or otherwise;

data security breaches or fraudulent activities associated with our and our franchisees’ electronic payment systems;

litigation and legal claims;

third-party misappropriation, dilution or infringement or other violation of our intellectual property;

regulatory, investigative or other actions relating to our and our franchisees’ provision of indoor tanning services;

illegal activity targeted at us or others; and

conduct by individuals affiliated with us which could violate ethical standards or otherwise harm the reputation of our brand.

Consumer demand for our stores and our brand’s value could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our
stores, which would likely result in fewer memberships sold or renewed and, ultimately, lower royalty revenue, which in turn could materially and adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition.

18

 
If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes new store development by existing and new franchisees, our ability to increase our
revenues and operating profits could be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy relies in large part upon new store development by existing and new franchisees. Our franchisees face many challenges in opening new stores,
including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

availability and cost of financing;

selection and availability of suitable store locations;

competition for store sites;

negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;

securing required domestic or foreign governmental permits and approvals;

health and fitness trends in new geographic regions and acceptance of our offerings;

employment, training and retention of qualified personnel;

ability to open new stores during the timeframes we and our franchisees expect; and

general economic and business conditions.

In  particular,  because  the  majority  of  our  new  store  development  is  funded  by  franchisee  investment,  our  growth  strategy  is  dependent  on  our  franchisees’  (or
prospective  franchisees’)  ability  to access  funds to finance  such development.  If our franchisees  (or prospective  franchisees)  are not able  to obtain financing  at
commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new stores, and our future growth could be adversely
affected.

Our growth strategy also relies on our ability to identify, recruit and enter into agreements with a sufficient number of franchisees. In addition, our ability and the
ability of our franchisees to successfully open and operate new stores in new or existing markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance of
our brand, as well as a lack of existing marketing efforts and operational execution in these new markets. To the extent that we are unable to implement effective
marketing and promotional programs and foster recognition and affinity for our brand in new domestic and international markets, our and our franchisees’ new
stores may not perform as expected and our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired. In addition, franchisees of new stores may have difficulty securing
adequate financing, particularly  in new markets, where there may be a lack of adequate history and brand familiarity.  New stores may not be successful or our
average store membership sales may not increase at historical rates, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, we will not realize the revenue growth that we hope or expect. Our failure to add a
significant number of new stores would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues and operating income and could materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.

Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our profitability and international growth prospects.

We  currently  have  stores  operating  in  certain  other  countries  around  the  world,  including  Canada,  the  Dominican  Republic,  Panama  and  Mexico.
Our  international  operations  are  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  inherent  to  operating  in  foreign  countries,  and  any  expansion  of  our  international  operations  will
increase the impact of these risks. These risks include, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

inadequate brand infrastructure within foreign countries to support our international activities;

inconsistent regulation or sudden policy changes by foreign agencies or governments;

the collection of royalties from foreign franchisees;

difficulty of enforcing contractual obligations of foreign franchisees;

increased costs in maintaining international franchise and marketing efforts;

problems entering international markets with different cultural bases and consumer preferences;

political and economic instability of foreign markets;

compliance  with laws and regulations  applicable  to international  operations,  such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices  Act and regulations  promulgated  by the
Office of Foreign Asset Control;

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

operating in new, developing or other markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of laws
and regulations relating to contract and intellectual property rights.

19

 
As a result, those new stores may be less successful than stores in our existing markets.  Further, effectively managing growth can be challenging, particularly as
we continue to expand into new international markets where we must balance the need for flexibility and a degree of autonomy for local management against the
need for consistency with our mission and standards.

Our planned growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.

Over the past several years, we have experienced growth in our business activities and operations, including a significant increase in the number of system-wide
stores.  Our past expansion  has placed,  and our planned  future  expansion  may place,  significant  demands  on our administrative,  operational,  financial  and other
resources.  Any  failure  to  manage  growth  effectively  could  seriously  harm  our  business.  To  be  successful,  we  will  need  to  continue  to  implement  management
information  systems  and  improve  our  operating,  administrative,  financial  and  accounting  systems  and  controls.  We  will  also  need  to  train  new  employees  and
maintain  close  coordination  among  our  executive,  accounting,  finance,  legal,  human  resources,  risk  management,  marketing,  technology,  sales  and  operations
functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a
return  on  our  investment  in  these  processes.  In  addition,  we  believe  the  culture  we  foster  at  our  and  our  franchisees’  stores  is  an  important  contributor  to  our
success. However, as we expand we may have difficulty maintaining our culture or adapting it sufficiently to meet the needs of our operations. These risks may be
heightened as our growth accelerates. In 2018 , our franchisees opened 226 stores, compared to 206 stores in 2017 , 195 stores in 2016 , and 206 stores in 2015 .
Our failure to successfully execute on our planned expansion of stores could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.

We  compete  with  the  following  industry  participants:  other  health  and  fitness  clubs;  physical  fitness  and  recreational  facilities  established  by  non-profit
organizations  and  businesses  for  their  employees;  private  studios  and  other  boutique  fitness  offerings;  racquet,  tennis  and  other  athletic  clubs;  amenity  and
condominium/apartment  clubs;  country  clubs;  online  personal  training  and  fitness  coaching;  the  home-use  fitness  equipment  industry;  local  tanning  salons;
businesses offering similar services; and other businesses that rely on consumer discretionary spending. We may not be able to compete effectively in the markets
in which we operate. Competitors may attempt to copy our business model, or portions thereof, which could erode our market share and brand recognition and
impair  our  growth  rate  and  profitability.  Competitors,  including  companies  that  are  larger  and  have  greater  resources  than  us,  may  compete  with  us  to  attract
members in our markets. Non-profit organizations in our markets may be able to obtain land and construct stores at a lower cost and collect membership dues and
fees without paying taxes, thereby allowing them to charge lower prices. Luxury fitness companies may attempt to enter our market by lowering prices or creating
lower price brand alternatives. Furthermore, due to the increased number of low-cost health and fitness club alternatives, we may face increased competition if we
increase our price or if discretionary spending declines. This competition may limit our ability to attract and retain existing members and our ability to attract new
members, which in each case could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes  in  the  industry  could  place  strains  on  our  management,  employees,  information  systems  and  internal  controls,  which  may  adversely  impact  our
business.

Changes  in  the  industry  affecting  gym  memberships  and  payment  for  gym  memberships  may  place  significant  demands  on  our  administrative,  operational,
financial and other resources or require us to obtain different or additional resources. Any failure to manage such changes effectively could adversely affect our
business.  To  be  successful,  we  will  need  to  continue  to  implement  management  information  systems  and  improve  our  operating,  administrative,  financial  and
accounting  systems  and  controls  in  order  to  adapt  quickly  to  such  changes.  These  changes  may  be  time-consuming  and  expensive,  increase  management
responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a return on our investment in these changes.

We and our franchisees rely heavily on information systems, and any material failure, interruption or weakness may prevent us from effectively operating our
business and damage our reputation.

We and our franchisees increasingly rely on information systems, including point-of-sale processing systems in our stores and other information systems managed
by  third  parties,  to  interact  with  our  franchisees  and  members  and  collect,  maintain  and  store  member  information,  billing  information  and  other  personally
identifiable information, including for the operation of stores, collection of cash, legal and regulatory compliance, management of our supply chain, accounting,
staffing, payment of obligations, ACH transactions, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Furthermore, in 2015, we migrated our
point-of-sale system from a proprietary, third-party hosted system to a commercially available, third-party hosted system. Although the migration is complete, in
the future there may be unforeseen issues, bugs, data inconsistencies, outages, changes in business processes, and other interruptions that could adversely impact
our business. In 2017, we also engaged a new third-party point-of-sale provider partner for stores in the Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico. If we need to
move to different third-party systems, our operations, including EFT drafting, could be interrupted. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our

20

franchisee  and  corporate-owned  stores  depends  significantly  on  the  reliability  and  capacity  of  these  systems,  and  any  potential  failure  of  these  third  parties  to
provide  quality  uninterrupted  service  is  beyond  our  control.  In  2018,  we  engaged  with  a  new  third-party  software  development  company  to  develop  a  digital
platform, which through data, facilitates digital experiences across digital channels, including mobile, online, and in-club media. If we need to move to a different
partner to develop and maintain this platform, or if the partner's ability to provide its services is reduced, our operations could be interrupted. Additionally, this
platform  is  built  on  commercial  cloud  computing  platforms  and  depends  on  the  internet,  internet  providers,  and  cloud  computing  providers  to  deliver  ongoing
services, the interruption of which could disrupt our operations.

Our and our franchisees’ operations depend upon our ability, and the ability of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service
providers), to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire,   power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic
events,  as  well  as  from  internal  and  external  security  breaches,  viruses,  denial-of-service  attacks  and  other  disruptions.  The  failure  of  these  systems  to  operate
effectively, stemming from maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow, a breach in security or other
unanticipated  problems  could  result  in  interruptions  to  or  delays  in  our  business  and  member  service  and  reduce  efficiency  in  our  operations.  In  addition,  the
implementation of technology changes and upgrades to maintain current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, operational delays due to
the  learning  curve  associated  with  using  a  new  system,  transaction  processing  errors  and  system  conversion  delays  and  may  cause  us  to  fail  to  comply  with
applicable laws. If our information systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), fail and our
or  our  partners’  third-party  back-up  or  disaster  recovery  plans  are  not  adequate  to  address  such  failures,  our  revenues  and  profits  could  be  reduced  and  the
reputation of our brand and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

If  we  fail  to  properly  maintain  the  confidentiality  and  integrity  of  our  data,  including  member  credit  card,  debit  card  and  bank  account  information,  our
reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.

In the ordinary course of business, we and our franchisees collect, transmit and store member and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers, bank
account information, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth and other highly sensitive personally identifiable information, in information systems that we maintain
and in those maintained by franchisees and third parties with whom we contract to provide services. Some of this data is sensitive and could be an attractive target
of  a  criminal  attack  by  malicious  third  parties  with  a  wide  range  of  motives  and  expertise,  including  lone  wolves,  organized  criminal  groups,  “hacktivists,”
disgruntled current or former employees, and others. The integrity and protection of member and employee data is critical to us.

Despite the security measures we have in place to comply with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our franchisees and third-party
service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft,
computer  viruses,  loss  or  corruption  of  data,  programming  or  human  errors  or  other  similar  events.  Furthermore,  the  size  and  complexity  of  our  information
systems,  and  those  of  our  franchisees  and  our  third-party  vendors  (as  well  as  their  third-party  service  providers),  make  such  systems  potentially  vulnerable  to
security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, franchisees or vendors, or from attacks by malicious third parties. Because such attacks
are increasing in sophistication and change frequently in nature, we, our franchisees and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these attacks
or implement adequate preventative measures, and any compromise of our systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party vendors (as well as their third-party
service providers), may not be discovered and remediated promptly. Changes in consumer behavior following a security breach or perceived security breach, act of
cyber  terrorism  or  sabotage,  vandalism  or  theft,  computer  viruses,  loss  or  corruption  of  data  or  programming  or  human  error  or  other  similar  event  affecting  a
competitor, large retailer or financial institution may materially and adversely affect our business.

Additionally, the handling of personally identifiable information by our, or our franchisees’, businesses are regulated at the federal, state and international levels as
well as by certain industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, NACHA, Canadian Payments Association and individual credit
card issuers. Federal, state, international and industry groups may also consider and implement from time to time new privacy and security requirements that apply
to our businesses. Compliance with contractual obligations and evolving privacy and security laws, requirements and regulations may result in cost increases due to
necessary systems changes, new limitations or constraints on our business models and the development of new administrative processes. They also may impose
further restrictions on our handling of personally identifiable information that are housed in one or more of our, or our franchisees’ databases, or those of our third-
party  service  providers.  Noncompliance  with  privacy  laws  or  industry  group  requirements  or  a  security  breach  or  perceived  non-compliance  or  security  breach
involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of personal, sensitive or confidential information, whether by us or by one of our franchisees
or  vendors, could  have material  adverse  effects  on  our and  our  franchisees’  business,  operations,  brand,  reputation  and financial  condition,  including  decreased
revenue, material fines and penalties, litigation, increased financial processing fees, compensatory, statutory, punitive or other damages, adverse actions against our
licenses  to  do  business  and  injunctive  relief  by  court  or  consent  order.  Despite  our  efforts,  the  handling  of  personally  identifiable  information  may  not  be  in
compliance with applicable law, or this information could be disclosed or lost due to a hacking event or unauthorized access to our information system, or through
publication or improper disclosure, any of which could affect the value of our brand. We maintain and we require our franchisees

21

to maintain cyber risk insurance, but in the event of a significant data security breach, this insurance may not cover all of the losses that we would be likely to
suffer.

The  occurrence  of  cyber  incidents,  or  a  deficiency  in  cybersecurity,  could  negatively  impact  our  business  by  causing  a  disruption  to  our  operations,  a
compromise or corruption of confidential information, and/or damage to our employee and business relationships and reputation, all of which could harm our
brand and our business.

We  could  be  subject  to  a  cyber  incident  or  other  adverse  event  that  threatens  the  confidentiality,  integrity  or  availability  of  information  resources,  including
intentional attacks or unintentional events where parties gain unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information
about customers, franchisees, vendors and employees. A number of retailers and other companies have recently experienced serious cyber incidents and breaches
of their  information  technology  systems.  As our reliance  on technology  has increased,  so have the risks posed to our systems,  both internal  and those  we have
outsourced. The three primary risks that could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident include operational interruption, damage to the relationship
with members and private data exposure, which each in turn could create additional risks and exposure. We maintain insurance coverage to address cyber incidents,
and  have  also  implemented  processes,  procedures  and  controls  to  help  mitigate  these  risks;  however,  these  measures  do  not  guarantee  that  our  reputation  and
financial results will not be adversely affected by such an incident.

Because our franchisees accept electronic forms of payment from its customers, our business requires the collection and retention of customer data, including credit
and debit card numbers and other personally identifiable information in various information systems that we and our franchisees maintain and in those maintained
by  third  parties  with  whom  we  and  our  franchisees  contract  to  provide  credit  card  processing.  We  also  maintain  important  internal  company  data,  such  as
personally identifiable information about our employees and franchisees and information relating to our operations. Our use of personally identifiable information
is  regulated  by  foreign,  federal  and  state  laws,  as  well  as  by  certain  third-party  agreements.  As  privacy  and  information  security  laws  and  regulations  and
contractual  obligations  with  third  parties  evolve,  we  may  incur  additional  costs  to  ensure  that  we  remain  in  compliance  with  those  laws  and  regulations  and
contractual obligations. If our security and information systems are compromised or if our employees or franchisees fail to comply with these laws, regulations, or
contract  terms,  and  this  information  is  obtained  by  unauthorized  persons  or  used  inappropriately,  it  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation  and  could  disrupt  our
operations and result in costly litigation, judgments, or penalties arising from violations of federal and state laws and payment card industry regulations.

Under certain laws, regulations and contractual obligations, a cyber incident could also require us to notify customers, employees or other groups of the incident or
could result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or an increase in fees payable to third parties. We could also incur penalties or remediation and other
costs that could adversely affect the operation of its business and results of operations.

Changes  in  legislation  or  requirements  related  to  electronic  fund  transfer,  or  our  failure  to  comply  with  existing  or  future  regulations,  may  materially  and
adversely impact our business.

We primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from members’ bank accounts and, therefore, we are subject to federal, state
and  international  legislation  and  certification  requirements  governing  EFT,  including  the  Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act.  Some  states  have  passed  or  have
considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can
auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion
of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances
and  inconsistencies  from  jurisdiction  to  jurisdiction  may  further  increase  the  cost  of  compliance  and  doing  business.  States  that  have  such  health  club  statutes
provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may
subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have
a material  adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of
changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which
may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees and our and their members.

We are subject to a number of risks related to ACH, credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We  and  our  franchisees  accept  payments  through  ACH,  credit  card  and  debit  card  transactions.  For  ACH,  credit  card  and  debit  card  payments,  we  and  our
franchisees pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our
memberships, which could cause us to lose members or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.

If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our member
satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our

22

continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we and our franchisees do not automatically
charge  our  members’  credit  cards,  debit  cards  or  bank  accounts  on  a  timely  basis  or  at  all,  we  could  lose  membership  revenue  and  associated  royalty  revenue,
which would harm our operating results.

If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security
measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our
ability to operate our business.

As consumer behavior shifts to use more modern forms of payment, there may be an increased reluctance to use ACH or credit cards for membership dues and
point  of  sale  transactions  which  could  result  in  decreased  revenues  as  consumers  choose  to  give  their  business  to  competition  with  more  convenient  forms  of
payment.  We  may  need  to  expand  our  information  systems  to  support  newer  and  emerging  forms  of  payment  methods,  which  may  be  time-consuming  and
expensive, and may not realize a return on our investment.

Our and our franchisees’ stores may be unable to attract and retain members, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations
and financial condition.

Our target market is average people seeking regular exercise and people who are new to fitness. The success of our business depends on our and our franchisees’
ability to attract and retain members. Our and our franchisees’ marketing efforts may not be successful in attracting members to stores, and membership levels may
materially  decline  over  time,  especially  at  stores  in  operation  for  an  extended  period  of  time.  Members  may  cancel  their  memberships  at  any  time  after  giving
proper advance written notice, subject to an initial minimum term applicable to certain memberships. We may also cancel or suspend memberships if a member
fails  to  provide  payment  for  an  extended  period  of  time.  In  addition,  we  experience  attrition  and  must  continually  engage  existing  members  and  attract  new
members  in  order  to  maintain  membership  levels.  A  portion  of  our  member  base  does  not  regularly  use  our  stores  and  may  be  more  likely  to  cancel  their
membership. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in membership levels include changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our
brand, changes in discretionary spending trends and general economic conditions, market maturity or saturation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at
a competitive price, an increase in monthly membership dues due to inflation, direct and indirect competition in our industry, and a decline in the public’s interest
in health and fitness, among other factors. In order to increase membership levels, we may from time to time offer promotions or lower monthly dues or annual
fees. If we and our franchisees are not successful in optimizing price or in adding new memberships in new and existing stores, growth in monthly membership
dues or annual fees may suffer. Any decrease in our average dues or fees or higher membership costs may adversely impact our results of operations and financial
condition.

If  we  and  our  franchisees  are  unable  to  identify  and  secure  suitable  sites  for  new  franchise  stores,  our  revenue  growth  rate  and  profits  may  be  negatively
impacted.

To successfully expand our business, we and our franchisees must identify and secure sites for new franchise stores and, to a lesser extent, new corporate-owned
stores that meet our established criteria. In addition to finding sites with the right demographic and other measures we employ in our selection process, we also
need to evaluate the penetration of our competitors in the market. We face significant competition for sites that meet our criteria, and as a result we may lose those
sites, our competitors could copy our format or we could be forced to pay significantly higher prices for those sites. If we and our franchisees are unable to identify
and secure sites for new stores, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted. Additionally, if our or our franchisees’ analysis of the suitability
of a store site is incorrect, we or our franchisees may not be able to recover the capital investment in developing and building the new store.

As  we  increase  our  number  of  stores,  we  and  our  franchisees  may  also  open  stores  in  higher-cost  geographies,  which  could  entail  greater  lease  payments  and
construction  costs,  among  others.  The  higher  level  of  invested  capital  at  these  stores  may  require  higher  operating  margins  and  higher  net  income  per  store  to
produce  the  level  of  return  we  or  our  franchisees  and  potential  franchisees  expect.  Failure  to  provide  this  level  of  return  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of
operations and financial condition.

Opening new stores in close proximity may negatively impact our existing stores’ revenues and profitability.

We and our franchisees currently operate stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico, and we
and our franchisees plan to open many new stores in the future, some of which will be in existing markets and may be located in close proximity to stores already
in  those  markets.  Opening  new  stores  in  close  proximity  to  existing  stores  may  attract  some  memberships  away  from  those  existing  stores,  which  may  lead  to
diminished  revenues  and  profitability  for  us  and  our  franchisees  rather  than  increased  market  share.  In  addition,  as  a  result  of  new  stores  opening  in  existing
markets and because older stores will represent an increasing proportion of our store base over time, our same store sales increases may be lower in future periods
than they have been historically.

23

We are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.

Our franchise business model subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our royalty revenues collected from our franchisees, may harm the
goodwill associated with our brand, and may materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Bankruptcy  of  franchisees.  A  franchisee  bankruptcy  could  have  a  substantial  negative  impact  on  our  ability  to  collect  payments  due  under  such  franchisee’s
franchise agreement(s). In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise agreement(s), ADA(s) and/or franchisee lease/sublease pursuant
to Section 365 under the U.S. bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchisee, and we may not ultimately recover
those payments in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.

Franchisee changes in control. Our franchises are operated by independent business owners. Although we have the right to approve franchise owners, and any
transferee owners, it can be difficult to predict in advance whether a particular franchise owner will be successful. If an individual franchise owner is unable to
successfully  establish,  manage  and  operate  the  store,  the  performance  and  quality  of  service  of  the  store  could  be  adversely  affected,  which  could  reduce
memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image. Although our agreements prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our prior
consent  as  the  franchisor,  a  franchise  owner  may  desire  to  transfer  a  store  to  a  transferee  franchisee.  In  addition,  in  the  event  of  the  death  or  disability  of  a
franchisee (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchisee entity, the executors and representatives of the franchisee are required to transfer the relevant franchise
agreements  to  a  successor  franchisee  approved  by  the  franchisor.  In  any  transfer  situation,  the  transferee  may  not  be  able  to  perform  the  former  franchisee’s
obligations  under  such  franchise  agreements  and  successfully  operate  the  store.  In  such  a  case  the  performance  and  quality  of  service  of  the  store  could  be
adversely affected, which could also reduce memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image.

Franchisee insurance. Our franchise agreements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Losses arising from certain extraordinary
hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other
risks, or franchisees may fail to procure the required insurance. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees
may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy its obligations under
its  franchise  agreement  or  other  contractual  obligations,  which  could  cause  a  franchisee  to  terminate  its  franchise  agreement  and,  in  turn,  negatively  affect  our
operating and financial results.

Some of our franchisees are operating entities. Franchisees may be natural persons or legal entities. Our franchisees that are operating companies (as opposed to
limited  purpose  entities)  are  subject  to business,  credit,  financial  and other  risks, which may  be unrelated  to  the operation  of  their  stores.  These  unrelated  risks
could materially and adversely affect a franchisee that is an operating company and its ability to service its members and maintain store operations while making
royalty payments, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Franchise agreement termination; nonrenewal.  Each franchise agreement is subject to termination by us as the franchisor in the event of a default, generally after
expiration of applicable cure periods, although under certain circumstances a franchise agreement may be terminated by us upon notice without an opportunity to
cure.  The  default  provisions  under  the  franchise  agreements  are  drafted  broadly  and  include,  among  other  things,  any  failure  to  meet  operating  standards  and
actions that may threaten the licensed intellectual property. Moreover, a franchisee may have a right to terminate its franchise agreement in certain circumstances.

In addition, each franchise agreement has an expiration date. Upon the expiration of a franchise agreement, we or the franchisee may, or may not, elect to renew the
franchise  agreement.  If  the  franchise  agreement  is  renewed,  the  franchisee  will  receive  a  “successor”  franchise  agreement  for  an  additional  term.  Such  option,
however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise agreement (which may include increased royalty revenues, advertising
fees and other fees and costs), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including re-equipment and remodeling of the store and other requirements) and the payment
of a successor fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, the expiring franchise agreement will terminate upon expiration
of its term.

Franchisee litigation; effects of regulatory efforts. We and our franchisees are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, member claims,
personal  injury  claims,  vicarious  liability  claims,  litigation  with  or  involving  our  relationship  with  franchisees,  litigation  alleging  that  the  franchisees  are  our
employees  or  that  we  are  the  co-employer  of  our  franchisees’  employees,  employee  allegations  against  the  franchisee  or  us  of  improper  termination  and
discrimination,  landlord/tenant  disputes  and  intellectual  property  claims,  among  others.  Each  of  these  claims  may  increase  costs,  reduce  the  execution  of  new
franchise agreements and affect the scope and terms of insurance or indemnifications we and our franchisees may have. In addition, we and our franchisees are
subject to various regulatory efforts  to enforce employment  laws, such as efforts to categorize  franchisors as the co-employers of their franchisees’  employees;
legislation to categorize individual franchised businesses as large employers for the purposes of various employment benefits; and other legislation or regulations
that  may  have  a  disproportionate  impact  on  franchisors  and/or  franchised  businesses.  These  changes  may  impose  greater  costs  and  regulatory  burdens  on
franchising and negatively affect our ability to sell new franchises.

24

Franchise agreements and franchisee relationships. Our franchisees develop and operate their stores under terms set forth in our ADAs and franchise agreements,
respectively. These agreements give rise to long-term relationships that involve a complex set of mutual obligations and mutual cooperation. We have a standard
set of agreements that we typically use with our franchisees, but various franchisees have negotiated specific terms in these agreements. Furthermore, we may from
time  to  time  negotiate  terms  of  our  franchise  agreements  with  individual  franchisees  or  groups  of  franchisees  (e.g.,  a  franchisee  association).  We  seek  to  have
positive relationships with our franchisees, based in part on our common understanding of our mutual rights and obligations under our agreements, to enable both
the franchisees’ business and our business to be successful. However, we and our franchisees may not always maintain a positive relationship or always interpret
our agreements in the same way. Our failure to have positive relationships with our franchisees could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit
our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees or our members.

While our franchisee revenues are not concentrated among one or a small number of parties, the success of our business does depend in large part on our ability to
maintain contractual relationships with franchisees in profitable stores. A typical franchise agreement has a ten-year term. Our largest franchisee group accounts for
6.8% of our total stores and another large franchisee group accounts for 4.5% of our total stores. If we fail to maintain or renew our contractual relationships on
acceptable  terms,  or  if  one  or  more  of  these  large  franchisees  were  to  become  insolvent  or  otherwise  were  unwilling  to  pay  amounts  due  to  us,  our  business,
reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Franchisee turnover. There can be no guarantee of the retention of any, including the top performing, franchisees in the future, or that we will maintain the ability
to attract, retain, and motivate sufficient numbers of franchisees of the same caliber. The quality of existing franchisee operations may be diminished by factors
beyond our control, including franchisees’ failure or inability to hire or retain qualified managers and other personnel. Training of managers and other personnel
may be inadequate. These and other such negative factors could adversely affect our business.

Our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  for  equipment  and  certain  products  and  services  could  result  in  disruptions  to  our  business  and  could
adversely affect our revenues and gross profit.

Equipment and certain products and services used in our stores, including our exercise equipment and point-of-sale software and hardware, are sourced from third-
party suppliers. In addition, we rely on third-party suppliers to manage and maintain our websites and online join processes, and in 2018 over 32% of our new
members  joined online through our websites. Although we believe  that adequate  substitutes are currently  available, we depend on these third-party suppliers to
operate our business efficiently and consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third-party suppliers to successfully provide reliable and high-
quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control, including, for our overseas suppliers, vessel availability and port
delays or congestion. Any disruption to our suppliers’ operations could impact our supply chain and our ability to service our existing stores and open new stores
on time or at all and thereby generate revenue. If we lose such suppliers or our suppliers encounter financial hardships unrelated to the demand for our equipment
or other products or services, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all.
Transitioning  to  new  suppliers  would  be  time-consuming  and  expensive  and  may  result  in  interruptions  in  our  operations.  If  we  should  encounter  delays  or
difficulties  in  securing  the  quantity  of  equipment  we  or  our  franchisees  require  to  open  new  and  refurbish  existing  stores,  our  suppliers  encounter  difficulties
meeting our and our franchisees’ demands for products or services, our websites experience delays or become impaired due to errors in the third-party technology
or there is a deficiency, lack or poor quality of products or services provided, or there is damage to the value of one or more of our vendors’ brands, our ability to
serve our members and grow our brand would be interrupted. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating
results.

Our franchisees may incur rising costs related to construction of new stores and maintenance of existing stores, which could adversely affect the attractiveness
of our franchise model, and in turn our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our stores require significant upfront and ongoing investment, including periodic remodeling and equipment replacement. If our franchisees’ costs are greater than
expected, franchisees may need to outperform their operational plan to achieve their targeted return. In addition, increased costs may result in lower profits to the
franchisees, which may cause them to terminate their franchise agreement or make it harder for us to attract new franchisees, which in turn could materially and
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In  addition,  if  a  franchisee  is  unwilling  or  unable  to  acquire  the  necessary  financing  to  invest  in  the  maintenance  and  upkeep  of  its  stores,  including  periodic
remodeling  and  replacement  of  equipment,  the  quality  of  its  stores  could  deteriorate,  which  may  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  brand  image  and  our  ability  to
attract and maintain members, which in turn may have a negative impact on our revenues.

25

We and our franchisees could be subject to claims related to health and safety risks to members that arise while at both our corporate-owned and franchise
stores.

Use of our and our franchisees’ stores poses some potential health and safety risks to members or guests through physical exertion and use of our services and
facilities, including exercise and tanning equipment. Claims might be asserted against us and our franchisees for injuries suffered by or death of members or guests
while exercising and using the facilities at a store. We may not be able to successfully defend such claims. We also may not be able to maintain our general liability
insurance on acceptable terms in the future or maintain a level of insurance that would provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Depending upon the
outcome, these matters may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If we cannot retain our key employees and hire additional highly qualified employees, we may not be able to successfully manage our businesses and pursue
our strategic objectives.

We are highly dependent on the services of our senior management team and other key employees at our corporate headquarters and our corporate-owned stores,
and on our and our franchisees’ ability to recruit, retain and motivate key employees. Competition for such employees can be intense, and the inability to attract
and retain the additional qualified employees required to expand our activities, or the loss of current key employees, could adversely affect our and our franchisees’
operating efficiency and financial condition.

Our intellectual property rights, including trademarks and trade names, may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.

Our  brand  and  related  intellectual  property  are  important  to  our  continued  success.  We  seek  to  protect  our  trademarks,  trade  names,  copyrights  and  other
intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable state, provincial, federal and international laws. Policing unauthorized use and other violations of our
intellectual property rights is difficult, and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation, infringement or other violations of our intellectual property. If we
were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes our intellectual property,
the  value  of  our brands  may  be  harmed,  which  could have  an  adverse  effect  on our  business, results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Any damage  to  our
reputation could cause membership levels to decline or make it more difficult to attract new members.

We may also from time to time be required to initiate litigation to enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property. Third parties may also
assert  that  we  have  infringed,  misappropriated  or  otherwise  violated  their  intellectual  property  rights,  which  could  lead  to  litigation  against  us.  Litigation  is
inherently uncertain and could divert the attention of management, result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and negatively affect our membership sales
and profitability regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce or defend our rights.

Use of email marketing and social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

There  has  been  a  substantial  increase  in  the  use  of  email  and  social  media  platforms,  including  blogs,  social  media  websites  and  other  forms  of  internet-based
communication, which allow access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary about us may be posted on social media
platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information about health clubs and often act
on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress
or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can
be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores. Social media platforms
may  be  used  to  attack  us,  our  information  security  systems  and  our  reputation,  including  through  use  of  spam,  spyware,  ransomware,  phishing  and  social
engineering,  viruses,  worms,  malware,  distributed  denial  of  service  attacks,  password  attacks,  “Man  in  the  Middle”  attacks,  cybersquatting,  impersonation  of
employees or officers, abuse of comments and message boards, fake reviews, doxing and swatting.

We also use email and social medial platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain social media accounts and may occasionally email members to inform
them  of  certain  offers  or  promotions.  As  laws  and  regulations,  including  Federal  Trade  Commission  enforcement,  rapidly  evolve  to  govern  the  use  of  these
platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our franchisees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use
of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our and our franchisees’ business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other
penalties.

If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic partnership arrangements, or if the reputation of any of our partners is impaired, our business may suffer.

A principal component of our marketing program has been to partner with high-profile marketing partners, such as our sponsorship of ABC’s “Dick Clark’s New
Year’s  Rockin’ Eve with Ryan Seacrest  2019,” to help us extend  the reach of our brand. Although we have partnered  with several  well-known partners  in this
manner, we may not be able to attract and partner with new marketing

26

partners in the future. In addition, if the actions of our partners were to damage their reputation, our partnerships may be less attractive to our current or prospective
members. Any of these failures by us or our partners could adversely affect our business and revenues.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.

All but one of our corporate-owned stores are located on leased premises. The leases for our stores generally have initial terms of 10 years and typically provide for
two renewal options in five-year increments as well as for rent escalations.

Generally,  our  leases  are  net  leases  that  require  us  to  pay  our  share  of  the  costs  of  real  estate  taxes,  utilities,  building  operating  expenses,  insurance  and  other
charges in addition to rent. We generally cannot terminate these leases before the end of the initial lease term. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject
to similar long-term, non-terminable leases. If we close a store, we nonetheless may be obligated to perform our monetary obligations under the applicable lease,
including,  among  other  things,  payment  of  the  base  rent  for  the  balance  of  the  lease  term.  In  addition,  if  we  fail  to  negotiate  renewals,  either  on  commercially
acceptable terms or at all, as each of our leases expire we could be forced to close stores in desirable locations. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay
our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not
otherwise available to us from borrowings under our securitized financing facility or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our
other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.

Our  business  is  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  and  changes  in  such  laws  and  regulations,  or  failure  to  comply  with  existing  or  future  laws  and
regulations, could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule, which is a trade regulation imposed on franchising promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) that
regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the United States and that requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in FDD. In
addition, we are subject to state franchise registration and disclosure laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us,
unless otherwise exempt, to register our franchise offering in those states prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to
prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws. We are subject to franchise registration and disclosure laws in six provinces in Canada that regulate the offer
and sale of franchises by requiring us, unless otherwise exempt, to to register our franchise offering in a prescribed format to prospective franchisees in accordance
with such laws, and that regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. We are subject to similar franchise sales laws in Mexico, and may become subject to
similar laws in other countries in which we may offer franchises in the future. Failure to comply with such laws may result in a franchisee’s right to rescind its
franchise agreement and damages, and may result in investigations or actions from federal or state franchise authorities, civil fines or penalties, and stop orders,
among  other  remedies.  We  are  also  subject  to  franchise  relationship  laws  in  approximately  20  states  that  regulate  many  aspects  of  the  franchise  relationship
including,  depending  upon  the  state,  renewals  and  terminations  of  franchise  agreements,  franchise  transfers,  the  applicable  law  and  venue  in  which  franchise
disputes may be resolved, discrimination and franchisees’ right to associate, among others. Our failure to comply with such franchise relationship laws could result
in  fines,  damages  and  our  inability  to  enforce  franchise  agreements  where  we  have  violated  such  laws.  Although  we  believe  that  our  FDDs,  franchise  sales
practices and franchise activities comply with such franchise sales laws and franchise relationship laws, our non-compliance could result in liability to franchisees
and regulatory authorities (as described above), inability to enforce our franchise agreements and a reduction in our anticipated royalty revenue, which in turn may
materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We and our franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the United States, Canada, the Dominican
Republic, Panama and Mexico governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. Based upon our experience with
hiring employees and operating corporate-owned stores, we believe a significant number of our and our franchisees’ employees are paid at rates related to the U.S.
federal  or  state  minimum  wage,  and  past  increases  in  the  U.S.  federal  and/or  state  minimum  wage  have  increased  labor  costs,  as  would  future  increases.  Any
increases in labor costs might result in our and our franchisees inadequately staffing stores. Such increases in labor costs and other changes in labor laws could
affect store performance and quality of service, decrease royalty revenues and adversely affect our brand.

Our  and  our  franchisees’  operations  and  properties  are  subject  to  extensive  U.S.,  Canadian,  Dominican,  Panamanian  and  Mexican,  federal,  international,  state,
provincial and local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of
properties depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other
regulations and requirements. Failure to comply with these legal requirements could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative
enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability, which could adversely affect our business.

We and our franchisees are responsible at stores we each operate for compliance with state, provincial and local laws that regulate the relationship between stores
and their members. Many states and provinces have consumer protection regulations that may

27

limit the collection of membership dues or fees prior to opening, require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and
“cooling  off”  periods  for  members  (after  the  purchase  of  a  membership),  set  escrow  and  bond  requirements  for  stores,  govern  member  rights  in  the  event  of  a
member  relocation  or  disability,  provide  for  specific  member  rights  when  a  store  closes  or  relocates,  or  preclude  automatic  membership  renewals.  Our  or  our
franchisees’ failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us or our franchisees to fines, penalties, damages, and civil liability, or result in
membership contracts being void or voidable. In addition, states or provinces may update these laws and regulations. Any additional costs which may arise in the
future  as  a  result  of  changes  to  the  legislation  and  regulations  or  in  their  interpretation  could  individually  or  in  the  aggregate  cause  us  to  change  or  limit  our
business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees or our members.

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences and shifting views of health and fitness, our business may be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences relating to health and fitness. Our business is and all of our services are subject to
changing  consumer  preferences  that  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty.  Developments  or  shifts  in  research  or  public  opinion  on  the  types  of  health  and  fitness
services we provide could negatively impact the business or consumers’ preferences for health and fitness services could shift rapidly to different types of health
and fitness  centers;  and we may be unable  to anticipate  and respond to shifts  in consumer  preferences.  It is also possible  that  competitors  could introduce  new
products  and  services  that  negatively  impact  consumer  preference  for  our  business  model.  Failure  to  predict  and  respond  to  changes  in  public  opinion,  public
research and consumer preferences could adversely impact our business.

Regulatory restrictions placed on indoor tanning services and negative opinions about the health effects of indoor tanning services could harm our reputation
and our business.

Although our business model does not place an emphasis on indoor tanning, the vast majority of our corporate-owned and franchise stores offer indoor tanning
services. We offer tanning services as one of many amenities available to our PF Black Card members. Many states and provinces where we and our franchisees
operate have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that offer indoor tanning services. In addition to regulations imposed on the
indoor tanning industry, medical opinions and opinions of commentators in the general public regarding negative health effects of indoor tanning services could
adversely impact the value of our PF Black Card memberships and our future revenues and profitability. Although the tanning industry is regulated by U.S. federal
and state, and international government agencies, negative publicity regarding the potentially harmful health effects of the tanning services we offer at our stores
could lead to additional legislation or further regulation of the industry. The potential increase in cost of complying with these regulations could have a negative
impact on our profit margins.

The  continuation  of  our  tanning  services  is  dependent  upon  the  public’s  sustained  belief  that  the  benefits  of  utilizing  tanning  services  outweigh  the  risks  of
exposure to ultraviolet light. Any significant change in public perception of tanning equipment or any investigative or regulatory action by a government agency or
other regulatory authority could impact the appeal of indoor tanning services to our PF Black Card members, and could in turn have an adverse effect on our and
our franchisees’ reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition as well as our ability to profit from sales of tanning equipment to our franchisees.

In addition, from time to time, government agencies and other regulatory authorities have shown an interest in taking investigative or regulatory action with respect
to  tanning  services.  For  example,  we  reached  a  settlement  with  the  New  York  Office  of  the  Attorney  General  (“OAG”)  in  November  2015  in  connection  with
allegations that in the spring of 2013, seven of the approximately 80 independently owned and operated Planet Fitness franchise locations in New York at the time
had violated certain state laws related to tanning advertising, signage, paperwork and eyewear. Upon being alerted to these alleged violations, we re-emphasized to
all franchisees that they are contractually required to operate their businesses in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. The OAG’s investigation was
part of a larger initiative with respect to tanning salons and other providers of tanning services and the settlement did not have a material adverse effect on us.
However, similar future initiatives could influence public perception of the tanning services we offer and of the benefits of our PF Black Card membership.

Risks related to our indebtedness

We and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to various restrictions, and substantially all of the assets of certain subsidiaries are security, under the terms of a
securitization transaction that was completed on August 1, 2018.

On  August  1,  2018,  Planet  Fitness  Master  Issuer  LLC  (the  “Master  Issuer”),  our  limited-purpose,  bankruptcy-remote,  indirect  subsidiary,  entered  into  a  base
indenture and a related supplemental indenture (collectively, the “Indenture”) under which the Master Issuer issued $575 million in aggregate principal amount of
Series 2018-1 4.262% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (the “Class A-2-I Notes”) and $625 million in aggregate principal amount of Series 2018-1
4.666% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (the “Class A-2-II Notes” and together with the Class A-2-I Notes, the “Class A-2 Notes”) in an offering
exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In connection with the issuance of the Class A-2

28

Notes, the Master Issuer also entered into a revolving financing facility that allows for the issuance of up to $75 million in Series 2018-1 Variable Funding Senior
Notes, Class A-1 (the “Variable Funding Notes”), and certain letters of credit. The Class A-2 Notes and the Variable Funding Notes are referred to collectively as
the “Notes.”

The Notes were issued in a securitization transaction pursuant to which substantially all of our revenue-generating assets in the United States are held by the Master
Issuer and certain other limited-purpose, bankruptcy remote, wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Master Issuer that act as guarantors of the Notes
and that have pledged substantially all of their assets to secure the Notes.

The  Notes  are  subject  to  a  series  of  covenants  and  restrictions  customary  for  transactions  of  this  type,  including  (i)  that  the  Master  Issuer  maintains  specified
reserve  accounts  to  be  used  to  make  required  payments  in  respect  of  the  Notes,  (ii)  provisions  relating  to  optional  and  mandatory  prepayments  and  the  related
payment  of  specified  amounts,  including  specified  make-whole  payments  in  the  case  of  the  Class  A-2  Notes  under  certain  circumstances,  (iii)  certain
indemnification payments in the event, among other things, the transfers of the assets pledged as collateral for the Notes are in stated ways defective or ineffective
and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to information and similar matters. The Notes are also subject to customary rapid amortization events provided
for in the Indenture, including events tied to failure to maintain a stated debt service coverage ratio, the sum of system-wide sales being below certain levels on
certain measurement dates, certain manager termination events (including in certain cases a change of control of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC), an event of default
and the failure  to repay  or refinance  the Notes on the applicable  anticipated  repayment  date.  The Notes are  also subject  to certain  customary  events  of default,
including events relating  to non-payment  of required  interest,  principal  or other amounts due on or with respect  to the Notes, failure  to comply with covenants
within certain time frames, certain bankruptcy events, breaches of specified representations and warranties, failure of security interests to be effective and certain
judgments.

In the event that a rapid amortization event occurs under the Indenture (including, without limitation, upon an event of default under the Indenture or the failure to
repay the securitized debt at the end of the applicable term), the funds available to us would be reduced or eliminated, which would in turn reduce our ability to
operate  or  grow  our  business.  If  our  subsidiaries  are  not  able  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  service  their  debt  obligations,  they  may  need  to  refinance  or
restructure debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital. If our subsidiaries are unable to implement one or more of these
alternatives, they may not be able to meet debt payment and other obligations.

We have a significant amount of debt outstanding. Such indebtedness, along with the other contractual commitments of its subsidiaries, could adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to meet debt payment obligations.

Under  the  Indenture,  Master  Issuer  has  $1.2  billion  of  outstanding  debt.  Additionally,  Master  Issuer  has  the  ability  to  borrow  amounts  from  time  to  time  on  a
revolving basis, up to an aggregate principal amount of $75 million pursuant to the Variable Funding Notes.

This level of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:

•

•

•

•
•

resulting in an event of default if our subsidiaries fail to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in debt agreements, which event of
default could result in all of our subsidiaries’ debt becoming immediately due and payable;
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and limiting our
ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;
limiting the Company’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing its vulnerability to, changes in our business, the industry in which it operates
and the general economy;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that are less leveraged; and
subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on indebtedness with respect to the Variable Funding Notes.

The ability to meet payment and other obligations under the debt instruments of our subsidiaries depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the
future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other factors that are beyond our
control.  Our  business  may  not  generate  cash  flow  from  operations,  and  that  future  borrowings  may  not  be  available  to  us  under  existing  or  any  future  credit
facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable its subsidiaries to meet our debt payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If our subsidiaries
are  not  able  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  service  our  debt  obligations,  we  may  need  to  refinance  or  restructure  debt,  sell  assets,  reduce  or  delay  capital
investments, or seek to raise additional capital. If our subsidiaries are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, they may not be able to meet debt
payment and other obligations.

In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in the future. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current consolidated debt levels, the related risks
that it now faces could intensify.

29

The securitization imposes certain restrictions on our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries.

The Indenture and the management agreement entered into between certain of our subsidiaries and the Indenture trustee (the “Management Agreement”) contain
various  covenants  that  limit  our  and  its  subsidiaries’  ability  to  engage  in  specified  types  of  transactions.  For  example,  the  Indenture  and  the  Management
Agreement contain covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of certain subsidiaries to:

•
•
•
•

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
sell certain assets;
create or incur liens on certain assets to secure indebtedness; or
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

As a result of these restrictions, we may not have adequate resources or flexibility to continue to manage the business and provide for growth of the Planet Fitness
system,  including product  development  and marketing  for the Planet  Fitness brand, which could have a material  adverse effect  on our future growth prospects,
financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends
on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our respective obligations under, our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and other
corporate  expenses  will  depend  on  our  subsidiaries’  and  our  franchisees'  future  operating  performance  and  on  economic,  financial,  competitive,  legislative,
regulatory and other factors. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We can provide no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from
operations,  that  currently  anticipated  cost  savings  and  operating  improvements  will  be  realized  or  that  future  borrowings  will  be  available  to  us  in  an  amount
sufficient to enable us to satisfy our respective obligations under our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order for us to satisfy our obligations under our
indebtedness and fund planned capital expenditures, we must continue to execute our business strategy. If we are unable to do so, we may need to reduce or delay
our planned capital expenditures or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Significant delays in our planned capital expenditures may
materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Risks related to our organizational structure

We  will  be  required  to  pay  certain  of  our  existing  and  previous  owners  for  certain  tax  benefits  we  may  claim,  and  we  expect  that  the  payments  we  will  be
required to make will be substantial.

Future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or cash) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax
attributes for us. We are a party to two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to certain existing and
previous equity owners of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (the “TRA Holders”) 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are
deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales
of their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including
imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to TSG AIV II-A L.P and TSG PF Co-Investors A L.P. (the “Direct
TSG Investors”) 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units that we held in
respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ prior interest in us, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in our 2012 acquisition (the “2012
Acquisition”)  by  investment  funds  affiliated  with  TSG  Consumer  Partners,  LLC  (“TSG”),  and  certain  other  tax  benefits.  Under  both  agreements,  we  generally
retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.

The payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements are obligations of Planet Fitness, Inc., and we expect that the payments we will be required to make
under  the  tax  receivable  agreements  will  be  substantial.  In  December  2017,  tax  legislation  was  enacted  that,  among  other  things,  reduced  the  federal  corporate
income  tax  rate  to  21%  effective  January  1,  2018.  Assuming  no  further  material  changes  in  the  relevant  tax  law  and  that  we  earn  sufficient  taxable  income  to
realize  all  tax benefits  that are  subject to the tax receivable  agreements,  we expect that the reduction  in tax payments for us associated  with all past  and future
exchanges  and  sales  of  Holdings  Units  as  described  above  would  aggregate  to  approximately  $684.8  million  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  tax  receivable
agreements based on a price of $53.62 per share of our Class A common stock (the closing price per share of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock
Exchange (“NYSE”) on December 31, 2018) and assuming all future sales had occurred on such date. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the other
parties  to  the  tax  receivable  agreements  85%  of  such  amount,  or  $582.1  million,  over  the  applicable  period  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements.  The  actual
amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us, and tax receivable agreement payments by
us, will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the sale and the prevailing tax rates applicable to us over the life of the tax
receivable agreements and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable

30

income to realize the benefit. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned on the TRA Holders’ ownership of our shares.

The  actual  increase  in  tax  basis,  as  well  as  the  amount  and  timing  of  any  payments  under  these  agreements,  will  vary  depending  upon  a  number  of  factors,
including the timing of sales by the TRA Holders, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the sales, whether such sales are taxable, the amount and
timing  of  the  taxable  income  we  generate  in  the  future,  the  tax  rate  then  applicable  and  the  portion  of  our  payments  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements
constituting imputed interest. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are expected to give rise to certain additional tax benefits attributable to either further
increases in basis or in the form of deductions for imputed interest (generally calculated using one-year LIBOR), depending on the tax receivable agreements and
the circumstances. Any such benefits are covered by the tax receivable agreements and will increase the amounts due thereunder. The tax receivable agreements
provide  for  interest,  at  a  rate  equal  to  one-year  LIBOR,  accrued  from  the  due  date  (without  extensions)  of  the  corresponding  tax  return  to  the  date  of  payment
specified  by  the  tax  receivable  agreements.  In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances  where  we  are  unable  to  make  timely  payments  under  the  tax  receivable
agreements, the tax receivable agreements provide for interest to accrue on unpaid payments, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Payments under the tax receivable agreements will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would
cause  the  IRS  to  challenge  a  tax  basis  increase  or  other  tax  attributes  subject  to  the  tax  receivable  agreements,  we  will  not  be  reimbursed  for  any  payments
previously made under the tax receivable agreements if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed. As a result, in certain circumstances,
payments could be made under the tax receivable agreements in excess of the benefits that we are deemed to realize in respect of the attributes to which the tax
receivable agreements relate.

Our ability to pay taxes and expenses, including payments under the tax receivable agreements, may be limited by our structure.

Our principal asset is our ownership of Holdings Units in Pla-Fit Holdings. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue. Pla-Fit Holdings is
treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to
holders of its Holdings Units, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, and also incur
expenses related to our operations. Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings that was amended and restated in connection with our
initial public offering, as amended on July 1, 2017 (the “LLC Agreement”), Pla-Fit Holdings makes cash distributions to the owners of Holdings Units for purposes
of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them, to the extent other distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings have
been insufficient. In addition to tax expenses, we also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements,
which are significant. We have caused Pla-Fit Holdings to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including
ordinary  course  payments  due  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements.  However,  its  ability  to  make  such  distributions  in  the  future  will  be  subject  to  various
limitations and restrictions, including contractual restrictions under our Indenture and Variable Funding Notes. If, as a consequence of these various limitations and
restrictions, we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations (including as a result of an acceleration of our obligations under
the tax  receivable  agreements),  we may  have to  borrow funds and  thus our liquidity  and financial  condition  could be materially  and adversely  affected.  To the
extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate
equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points until paid.

In  certain  cases,  payments  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements  to  our  TRA  Holders  may  be  accelerated  and/or  significantly  exceed  the  actual  benefits  we
realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.

The  tax  receivable  agreements  provide  that  (i)  in  the  event  that  we  materially  breach  such  tax  receivable  agreements,  (ii)  if,  at  any  time,  we  elect  an  early
termination of the tax receivable agreements, or (iii) upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, our (or our
successor’s)  obligations  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements  (with  respect  to  all  Holdings  Units,  whether  or  not  they  have  been  sold  before  or  after  such
transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain
assumptions,  including  that  we  would  have  sufficient  taxable  income  to  fully  utilize  the  deductions  arising  from  the  tax  deductions,  tax  basis  and  other  tax
attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.

As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  (i)  we  could  be  required  to  make  payments  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements  that  are  greater  than  or  less  than  the  specified
percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the agreements and (ii) we may be required to make an immediate lump
sum  payment  equal  to  the  present  value  of  the  anticipated  tax  savings,  which  payment  may  be  made  years  in  advance  of  the  actual  realization  of  such  future
benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on
our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of
control. We may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreements in a manner that does not adversely affect our working capital and
growth requirements. For example, if we had elected to terminate the tax

31

receivable agreements as of December 31, 2018 , based on a share price of $53.62 per share of our Class A common stock (based on the closing price of our Class
A common stock on the NYSE as of December 31, 2018) and a discount rate equal to 4.0%, we estimate that we would have been required to pay $425.2 million in
the aggregate under the tax receivable agreements.

In certain circumstances,  Pla-Fit  Holdings will be required to make distributions  to us and the Continuing LLC Owners, and the distributions that Pla-Fit
Holdings will be required to make may be substantial.

Funds used by Pla-Fit Holdings to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that
Pla-Fit Holdings will be required to make may be substantial and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Pla-Fit Holdings’ net income) the overall effective tax rate
applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer, particularly as a result of H.R. 1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "2017 Tax Act").

As a result of potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to the owners of Holdings Units other than Planet Fitness, Inc. (the
“Continuing  LLC  Owners”),  as  well  as  the  use  of  an  assumed  tax  rate  in  calculating  Pla-Fit  Holdings’  distribution  obligations,  we  may  receive  distributions
significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreements. To the extent we do not distribute such cash
balances  as  dividends  on  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  instead,  for  example,  hold  such  cash  balances  or  lend  them  to  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  the  Continuing  LLC
Owners  would  benefit  from  any  value  attributable  to  such  accumulated  cash  balances  as  a  result  of  their  ownership  of  Class  A  common  stock  following  an
exchange of their Holdings Units.

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the TRA Holders or the Direct TSG Investors under the tax receivable agreements in the event that any
tax benefits are disallowed.

If the IRS or a state or local taxing authority challenges the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions that give rise to payments under the tax receivable agreements
and  the  tax  basis  adjustments  and/or  deductions  are  subsequently  disallowed,  the  recipients  of  payments  under  the  agreements  will  not  reimburse  us  for  any
payments we previously made to them. Any such disallowance would be taken into account in determining future payments under the tax receivable agreements
and would, therefore, reduce the amount of any such future payments. Nevertheless, if the claimed tax benefits from the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are
disallowed,  our  payments  under  the  tax  receivable  agreements  could  exceed  our  actual  tax  savings,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  recoup  payments  under  the  tax
receivable agreements that were calculated on the assumption that the disallowed tax savings were available.

Unanticipated changes in effective  tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely  affect our
financial condition and results of operations.

We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  our  domestic  and  foreign  tax  liabilities  will  be  subject  to  the  allocation  of  expenses  in
differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof;

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates; or

higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state and foreign authorities. Outcomes from these
audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The 2017 Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of
21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, and
immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income
tax rate, the overall impact of the federal tax law remains uncertain. In addition, how various states will respond to the 2017 Tax Act continues to be uncertain.

32

 
Risks related to our Class A common stock

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a
third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

the ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

the ability of our board of directors to issue new series of, and designate the terms of, preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to,
among  other  things,  institute  a  rights  plan  that  would  have  the  effect  of  significantly  diluting  the  stock  ownership  of  a  potential  hostile  acquirer,  likely
preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors;

limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent; and

the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock to adopt, amend or repeal certain provisions
of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or remove directors for cause.

In addition, Section 203 of the DGCL may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years
following  the  time  that  the  stockholder  becomes  an  “interested  stockholder.”  While  we  have  elected  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  not  to  be  subject  to
Section 203 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL, except that they provide that
investment funds affiliated with TSG will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace
current members of our management team. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these
protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the Company may be unsuccessful.

Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners that do
not benefit Class A common stockholders to the same extent as it will benefit the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners.

Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the TRA Holders and the Continuing LLC Owners that do not
benefit the holders of our Class A common stock to the same extent. The tax receivable agreement with the Direct TSG Investors also confers benefits upon the
Direct TSG Investors that are not shared with other holders of Class A common stock. Although we retain 15% of the amount of tax benefits conferred under the
tax receivable agreements, this and other aspects of our organizational structure may adversely impact the future trading market for the Class A common stock.

If  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  not  effective,  we  may  not  be  able  to  accurately  report  our
financial  results,  prevent  fraud  or  file  our  periodic  reports  in  a  timely  manner,  which  may  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial
information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.

Pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  amended,  our  management  is  required  to  report  on,  and  our  independent  registered  public
accounting  firm  is  required  to  attest  to,  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  This  assessment  includes  disclosure  of  any  material
weakness identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing
Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  which  requires  management  to  certify  financial  and  other  information  in  our  quarterly  and  annual  reports,  and  we  are
required to disclose significant changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis.

If we identify a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to remediate the material weaknesses identified in a timely
manner or maintain all of the controls necessary to remain in compliance with our reporting obligations. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over
financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting in future periods, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price
of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the NYSE, on

33

 
which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Our certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that
may  be  initiated  by  our  stockholders,  which  could  limit  our  stockholders’  ability  to  obtain  a  favorable  judicial  forum  for  disputes  with  us  or  our  directors,
officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum
for:

•

•

•

•

•

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders;

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws;

any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or

any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine (each, a “Covered Proceeding”).

In  addition,  our  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  if  any  action,  the  subject  matter  of  which  is  a  Covered  Proceeding  is  filed  in  a  court  other  than  the
specified Delaware courts without the approval of our board of directors (each, a “Foreign Action”), the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (i) the
personal jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described
above  and  (ii)  having  service  of  process  made  upon  such  claiming  party  in  any  such  enforcement  action  by  service  upon  such  claiming  party’s  counsel  in  the
Foreign Action as agent for such claiming party.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these
provisions.  These  provisions  may  limit  a  stockholder’s  ability  to  bring  a  claim  in  a  judicial  forum  that  it  finds  favorable  for  disputes  with  us  or  our  directors,
officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these
provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may
incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, stockholders may not be able to resell shares at or above their purchase price.

Since our initial public offering (the “IPO”) through December 31, 2018, the price of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, has ranged from a low
of $13.23 on February 11, 2016 to a high of $58.50 on December 4, 2018. In addition, in recent years the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a
result,  the  market  price  and  trading  volume  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  is  likely  to  be  similarly  volatile,  and  investors  in  our  Class  A  common  stock  may
experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our results of operations or prospects, and could lose
part or all of their investment. The price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those
described elsewhere in this report and others such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

additions and departures of key personnel;

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;

speculation in the press or investment community;

changes in accounting principles;

34

 
 
•

•

•

•

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;

natural disasters and other calamities;

breach or improper handling of data or cybersecurity events; and

changes in general market and economic conditions.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation
could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments
or to settle litigation.

Because we do not currently pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A
common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and do not currently pay any cash dividends on our Class A common
stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our
results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition,
our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our securitized
financing facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price
greater than that which you paid for it.

Financial forecasting may differ materially from actual results.

Due  to  the  inherent  difficulty  of  predicting  future  events  and  results,  our  forecasted  financial  and  operational  results  may  differ  materially  from  actual  results.
Discrepancies between forecasted and actual results could cause a decline in the price of our stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is located in Hampton, New Hampshire and consists of approximately 68,700 sq. ft. of leased office space. It is the base of operations
for our executive management and nearly all of the employees who provide our primary corporate and franchisee support functions.

Corporate-Owned Stores

We lease all but one of our corporate-owned stores. Our store leases typically have initial terms of ten years with two five-year renewal options, exercisable in our
discretion. The following table lists all of our corporate-owned store counts by state/province as of December 31, 2018 :

State/Province

Store Count

New York

Pennsylvania

New Hampshire

Colorado

New Jersey

California

Massachusetts

Delaware

Ontario

Vermont

Franchisee Stores

24

17

15

5

3

3

3

3

2

1

35

 
Franchisees own or directly lease from a third-party each Planet Fitness franchise location. We have not historically owned or entered into leases for Planet Fitness
franchise stores and generally do not guarantee franchisees’ lease agreements, although we have done so in a few isolated instances. As of December 31, 2018 , we
had 1,666 franchisee-owned stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

36

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

PART II

Market Information for Class A Common Stock

Shares of our Class A common stock trade on the NYSE under the symbol “PLNT.”

Holders of Record

As of February 27, 2019, there were 3 stockholders of record of our Class A common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our Class A common
stock are held in “street name” and held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. As of February 27, 2019 there were 13 stockholders of record
of our Class B common stock. All shares of Class B common stock are owned by current or former directors and management of the Company, and there is no
public market for these shares.

Dividend Policy

We do not currently pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Class A
common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which may take into account general economic conditions, our financial condition and results
of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of
the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant

37

 
Performance Graph

The following graph and table depict the total return to shareholders from August 6, 2015 (the date our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE)
through December 31, 2018, relative to the performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 2000. We include a comparison against the Russell 2000 because
there is no published industry or line-of-business index for our industry and we do not have a readily definable peer group that is publicly traded. The graph and
table assume $100 invested at the closing price of $16.00 on August 6, 2015.

The  performance  graph  and  table  are  not  intended  to  be  indicative  of  future  performance.  The  performance  graph  and  table  shall  not  be  deemed  “soliciting
material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to
the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of the Company’s filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the
Exchange Act.  

Planet Fitness, Inc.

S&P 500 Index

Russell 2000 (Total Return) Index

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

$

August 6, 2015

  December 31, 2015   December 31, 2016   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2018
335.13

216.44   $

125.63   $

97.69   $

100.00   $

100.00  

100.00  

98.10  

93.42  

107.45  

111.62  

128.32  

126.29  

120.32

110.91

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2018 .

In connection with our IPO, we and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) have the
right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of
Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock
dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions. As a Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock, the

38

 
number of Holdings Units held by Planet Fitness, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units, and a corresponding number of
shares of Class B common stock are cancelled.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information regarding purchases of shares of our Class A common stock by us and our “affiliated purchasers” (as defined in Rule
10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act) during the three months ended December 31, 2018 .

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Total Number of Shares
Purchased

Average Price Paid Per
Share

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs (1,2)

Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet be
Purchased Under the Plans or
Programs (1,2)

—  

4,607,410  

—  

4,607,410  

$

$

$

—  

52.09  

—  

52.09  

—  

4,607,410  

—  

4,607,410  

$457,910,178

$157,910,178

$157,910,178

$157,910,178

Period

10/01/18 - 10/30/18

11/01/18 - 11/30/18

12/01/18 - 12/31/18

Total

(1)  On  August  3,  2018,  our  board  of  directors  approved  an  increase  to  the  total  amount  of  the  previously  announced  share  repurchase  program  from  $100,000,000  to
$500,000,000. Purchases may be effected through one or more open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, transactions structured through investment banking
institutions, or a combination of the foregoing.
(2) On November 13, 2018, the Company entered into a $300 million accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreement (the “ASR Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A. (the “Bank”).
Pursuant to the terms of the ASR Agreement, on November 14, 2018, the Company paid Citibank $300 million in cash and received 4,607,410 shares of the Company’s Class A
common stock. At final settlement, the Bank may be required to deliver additional shares to the Company, or, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to
deliver shares of its Class A common stock or may elect to make a cash payment to the Bank, based generally on the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices of the
Company’s Class A common stock during the term of the ASR Agreement. The ASR Agreement contains provisions customary for agreements of this type, including provisions
for adjustments to the transaction terms, the circumstances generally under which the ASR Agreement may be accelerated, extended or terminated early by the Bank and various
acknowledgments, representations and warranties made by the parties to one another. Final settlement of the ASR Agreement is expected to be completed during the second
quarter of 2019, although the settlement may be accelerated at the Bank's option.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial
data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , and for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this report.

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.

Subsequent to the IPO and the related recapitalization transactions, the Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-
Fit  Holdings.  As  the  sole  managing  member  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  the  Company  operates  and  controls  all  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  and,
through Pla-Fit Holdings, conducts its business. As a result,  the Company consolidates  Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial  results and reports a non-controlling  interest
related  to  the  Holdings  Units  not  owned  by  the  Company.  Such  consolidation  has  been  reflected  for  all  periods  presented.  Our  selected  historical  consolidated
financial  data  does  not  reflect  what  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  would  have  been  had  we  been  a  separate,  stand-alone  public
company during those periods.

Our selected historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future results of operations or future cash flows.

You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, “Item 1A. –
Risk Factors,” and “Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated statement of operations data:

Revenue:

Franchise revenue

Commission income

National advertising revenue

Franchise segment

Corporate-owned stores segment

Equipment segment

Total revenue

Operating costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue

Store operations

Selling, general and administrative

National advertising expenses

Depreciation and amortization

Other loss (gain)

Total operating costs and expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest expense, net (1)

Other income (expense), net (2)

Total other income (expense), net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes (3)

Net income

Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Net income per share of Class A common stock:

Basic

Diluted

Cash dividends declared per Class A common share

Consolidated statement of cash flows data:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Consolidated balance sheet data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Property and equipment, net

Total assets

Total debt and capital lease obligations,
    excluding deferred financing costs

Total (deficit) equity

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Years ended December 31,

  $

175,314   $

131,983   $

97,374   $

71,762   $

6,632  

42,194  

224,140  

138,599  

210,159  

572,898  

18,172  

19,114  

16,323  

—  

150,155  

112,114  

167,673  

429,942  

—  

116,488  

104,721  

157,032  

378,241  

—  

88,085  

98,390  

144,062  

330,537  

162,646  

129,266  

122,317  

113,492  

75,005  

72,446  

42,619  

35,260  

878  

388,854  

184,044  

(46,065)  

(6,175)  

(52,240)  

131,804  

28,642  

103,162  

15,141  

60,657  

60,369  

—  

31,761  

353  

282,406  

147,536  

(35,283)  

316,928  

281,645  

429,181  

373,580  

55,601  

22,455  

60,121  

50,008  

—  

31,502  

(1,369)  

262,579  

115,662  

(27,125)  

1,371  

(25,754)  

89,908  

18,661  

71,247  

49,747  

57,485  

55,573  

—  

32,158  

(273)  

258,435  

72,102  

(24,549)  

(275)  

(24,824)  

47,278  

9,148  

38,130  

19,612  

  $

  $

  $

  $

88,021   $

33,146   $

21,500   $

18,518   $

1.01   $

1.00   $

—   $

0.42   $

0.42   $

—   $

0.50   $

0.50   $

2.78   $

0.11    

0.11    

—    

  $

184,399   $

131,021   $

108,817   $

81,663   $

(86,416)  

109,920  

(37,042)  

(21,703)  

(14,694)  

(85,183)  

(19,161)  

(74,240)  

  $

289,431   $

113,080   $

40,393   $

31,430   $

114,367  

83,327  

61,238  

1,353,416  

1,092,465  

1,001,442  

1,197,133  

709,470  

716,654  

(382,789)  

(136,937)  

(214,755)  

56,139  

699,177  

492,320  

(1,080)  

58,001

13,805

—

71,806

85,041

122,930

279,777

100,306

49,476

35,121

—

32,341

994

218,238

61,539

(21,800)

(1,261)

(23,061)

38,478

1,183

37,295

487

36,808

79,405

(54,362)

(12,952)

43,291

49,579

601,982

387,496

151,749

Interest expense in 2018, 2016 and 2014 included $4.6 million, $0.6 million and $4.7 million, respectively, for the loss on extinguishment of debt.

(1)
(2) Other income (expense) in the year ended December 31, 2017 includes a gain of $316,813, related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to

the 2017 Tax Act.

(3) Provision for income taxes in the year ended December 31, 2017 includes $334,022, related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  references  in  this  report  to  the  “Company,”  “we,”  “us”  and  “our”  refer  to  Planet  Fitness,  Inc.  and  its  consolidated
subsidiaries.

Overview

We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly
recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment,
which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with
a  large  selection  of  high-quality,  purple  and  yellow  Planet  Fitness-branded  cardio,  circuit-  and  weight-training  equipment  and  friendly  staff  trainers  who  offer
unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per
month  for  our  standard  membership.  This  exceptional  value  proposition  is  designed  to  appeal  to  a  broad  population,  including  occasional  gym  users  and  the
approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting
intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining
and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.

As of December 31, 2018 , we had approximately 12.5 million members and 1,742 stores in 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the
Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico. Of our 1,742 stores, 1,666 are franchised and 76 are corporate-owned.

As of December 31, 2018 , we had commitments to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing ADAs.

Composition of Revenues, Expenses and Cash Flows

Revenues

We generate revenue from three primary sources:

•

•

•

Franchise segment revenue: Franchise segment revenue relates to services we provide to support our franchisees and includes royalty revenue, franchise
fees, placement revenue, other fees and commission income associated with our franchisee-owned stores. Franchise segment revenue does not include the
sale of tangible products by us to our franchisees. Our franchise segment revenue comprised 39%, 35% and 31% of our total revenue for the years ended
December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.
Corporate-owned store segment revenue : Includes monthly membership dues, enrollment fees, annual fees and prepaid fees paid by our members as well
as retail sales. This source of revenue comprised 24%, 26%, and 28% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 ,
respectively. As of December 31, 2018 , 95% of our members paid their monthly dues by EFT, while the remainder prepaid annually in advance.
Equipment segment revenue : Includes equipment revenue for new U.S. franchisee-owned stores as well as replacement equipment for U.S. existing
franchisee-owned stores. Franchisee-owned stores are required to replace their equipment every five to seven years. This source of revenue comprised 37%,
39% and 41% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

See Item 7: Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates for further discussion on our revenue streams and revenue recognition policies.

Expenses

We primarily incur the following expenses:

•

•

•

Cost of revenue : Primarily includes the direct costs associated with equipment sales to new and existing franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. as well as
direct costs related to our point-of-sale system. Cost of revenue also includes the cost of retail sales at our corporate-owned stores, which is immaterial.
Our cost of revenue changes primarily based on equipment sales volume.

Store  operations  :  Includes  the  direct  costs  associated  with  our  corporate-owned  stores,  primarily  rent,  utilities,  payroll,  marketing,  maintenance  and
supplies. The components of store operations remain relatively stable for each store and change primarily based on the number of corporate-owned stores.
Our statements of operations do not include, and we are not responsible for, any costs associated with operating franchisee-owned stores.

Selling, general and administrative expenses : Consists of costs  associated  with administrative  and franchisee  support functions  related  to our existing
business as well as growth and development activities, including costs to support

41

equipment placement and assembly services. These costs primarily consist of payroll, IT-related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses.

Cash flows

We generate a significant portion of our cash flows from monthly membership dues, royalties and various fees and commissions related to transactions involving
our franchisee-owned stores. We oversee the membership billing process, as well as the collection of our royalties and certain other fees, through our third-party
hosted system-wide point-of-sale system. We collect monthly dues from our corporate-owned store members on or around the 17  th of each month, while annual
fees are collected on or around the 1 st day of the second month following the month in which the membership agreement was signed. Through our point-of-sale
system, we oversee the processing of membership billings for franchisee-owned stores. Our royalties and certain other fees are deducted on or around the 17 th of
each  month  from  these  membership  billings  by  the  processor  prior  to  the  net  billings  being  remitted  to  the  franchisees.  Our  franchisees  are  responsible  for
maintaining the membership billing records and collection of member dues for their respective stores through the point-of-sale system. Our royalties are based on
monthly and annual membership billings for the franchisee-owned stores without regard to the collections of those billings by our franchisees. The amount and
timing of the collection of royalties and membership dues and fees at corporate-owned stores is, therefore, generally fairly predictable.

As  new  corporate-owned  stores  open,  or  existing  stores  generate  positive  same  store  sales,  future  corporate-owned  store  revenues  are  expected  to  grow.  Our
corporate-owned stores also generate strong operating margins and cash flows, as a significant portion of our costs are fixed or semi-fixed such as rent and labor.

Equipment  sales  to  new  and  existing  franchisee-owned  stores  also  generate  significant  cash  flows.  Franchisees  either  pay  in  advance  or  provide  evidence  of  a
committed financing arrangement.

Recent Transactions

On November 13, 2018, we entered into a $300 million accelerated share repurchase agreement (the “ASR Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A. (the “Bank”). We will
acquire shares under the ASR Agreement as part of our $500 million share repurchase authorization (the “Share Repurchase Authorization”). On November 14,
2018, we paid the Bank $300 million in cash and received approximately 4.6 million shares of our Class A common stock. At final settlement, the Bank may be
required to deliver additional shares to us, or, under certain circumstances, we may be required to deliver shares of our Class A common stock or may elect to make
a cash payment to the Bank, based generally on the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices of our Class A common stock during the term of the ASR
Agreement.  The  ASR  Agreement  contains  provisions  customary  for  agreements  of  this  type,  including  provisions  for  adjustments  to  the  transaction  terms,  the
circumstances  generally  under  which  the  ASR  Agreement  may  be  accelerated,  extended  or  terminated  early  by  the  Bank  and  various  acknowledgments,
representations and warranties made by the parties to one another. Final settlement of the ASR Agreement is expected to be completed during the second quarter of
2019,  although  the  settlement  may  be  accelerated  at  the  Bank’s  option.  Following  the  ASR  there  is  approximately  $157.9  million  remaining  on  the  Share
Repurchase Authorization.

On  August  10,  2018,  we  purchased  from  one  of  our  franchisees  certain  assets  associated  with  four  franchisee-owned  stores  in  Colorado  for  a  cash  payment  of
$17,249. We financed the purchase through cash on hand. The acquired stores are included in the Corporate-owned stores segment.

On August 1, 2018, Planet Fitness Master Issuer LLC, our limited-purpose, bankruptcy remote, indirect subsidiary(the “Master Issuer”), completed a refinancing
transaction, pursuant to which it issued $575 million in aggregate principal amount of Series 2018-1 4.262% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (the
“Class  A-2-I Notes”) and $625 million in aggregate principal amount of Series 2018-1 4.666% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (the “Class  A-2-II
Notes” and together with the Class A-2-I Notes, the “Class  A-2 Notes”) in an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In
connection with the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes, the Master Issuer also entered into the previously announced revolving financing facility that allows for the
issuance of up to $75 million in Series 2018-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1 (the “Variable Funding Notes”), and certain letters of credit, all of which
is  currently  undrawn.  The  Class  A-2  Notes  and  the  Variable  Funding  Notes  are  referred  to  collectively  as  the  “Notes.”  The  Class  A-2  Notes  were  issued  in  a
securitization transaction pursuant to which substantially all of our revenue-generating assets in the United States are held by the Master Issuer and certain other
limited-purpose, bankruptcy remote, wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Master Issuer that act as Guarantors of the Notes and that have pledged
substantially all of their assets to secure the Notes.

On  January  1,  2018,  we  purchased  from  one  of  our  franchisees  certain  assets  associated  with  six  franchisee-owned  stores  in  New  York  for  a  cash  payment  of
$28,503. We financed the purchase through cash on hand. The acquired stores are included in the Corporate-owned stores segment.

On May 26, 2017, we executed the third amendment to our senior secured credit agreement to reduce the applicable interest rate margin for term loan borrowings
by 50 basis points, with an additional 25 basis point reduction in applicable interest rate possible

42

in the future so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) is less than 3.50 to 1.00. The amendment to the credit agreement also
reduced the interest rate margin for revolving loan borrowings by 25 basis points.

On May 8, 2017, we completed a secondary offering (the “May Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing
LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 16,085,510 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $20.28 per share. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.

On  March  14,  2017,  we  completed  a  secondary  offering  (the  “March  Secondary  Offering”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  the  participating
Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $20.44 per share. We did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.

On  November  22,  2016,  we  completed  a  secondary  offering  (the  “November  Secondary  Offering”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  the
participating Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $23.22 per share. We did not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the November Secondary Offering.

On November 10, 2016, we declared a special cash dividend of $2.78 per share which was paid on December 5, 2016 to the Class A common stock holders of
record as of November 22, 2016. The dividend, which together with other dividend equivalent payments (including payments of $2.78 per unit to Continuing LLC
Owners), resulted in an aggregate cash payment of $271.0 million.

On November 10, 2016, we executed the second amendment to our senior secured credit agreement to a) decrease the interest rate spread on our term loan by 25
basis  points,  b)  increase  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  term  loans  by  $230.0  million  to  $718.5  million,  and  c)  increase  the  aggregate  revolving
commitments by $35.0 million to $75.0 million.

On September 28, 2016, we completed a secondary offering (the “September Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and participating
Continuing LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $19.62 per share. We did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered in the September Secondary Offering.

On June 28, 2016, we completed a secondary offering (the “June Secondary Offering”) pursuant to which the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing
LLC Owners sold an aggregate of 11,500,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $16.50 per share. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of our Class A common stock offered in the June Secondary Offering.

Seasonality

Our results are subject to seasonality fluctuations in that member joins are typically higher in January as compared to other months of the year. In addition, our
quarterly results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including the timing of store openings, timing of price increases for enrollment fees and
monthly membership dues and general economic conditions.

See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for our total revenues, income from operations and net income for each
of the quarters during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 .

Our Segments

We operate and manage our business in three business segments: Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment. Our Franchise segment includes operations
related to our franchising business in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico. Our Corporate-owned stores segment
includes operations with respect to all corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to
franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. We evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenue and Segment EBITDA for all operating segments include only transactions with
unaffiliated customers and do not include intersegment transactions. The tables below summarize the financial information for our segments for the years ended
December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 . “Corporate and other,” as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and
related benefit costs and professional services that are not directly attributable to any individual segment.  

43

(in thousands)
Revenue

Franchise segment

Corporate-owned stores segment

Equipment segment

Total revenue

Segment EBITDA

Franchise segment

Corporate-owned stores segment

Equipment segment
Corporate and other (2)

Total Segment EBITDA (1)

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

224,140   $

150,155   $

138,599  

210,159  

112,114  

167,673  

572,898   $

429,942   $

152,571   $

126,459   $

56,704  

47,607  

(43,753)  

46,855  

38,539  

284,372  

213,129   $

496,225   $

116,488

104,721

157,032

378,241

97,256

40,847

36,439

(26,007)

148,535

(1) Total  Segment  EBITDA  is  equal  to  EBITDA,  which  is  a  metric  that  is  not  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Refer  to  “—Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures”  for  a

(2)

definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
In the year ended December 31, 2017, includes a gain of $316,813 related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the 2017
Tax Act.

A reconciliation of income from operations to Segment EBITDA is set forth below:

(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2018

Income (loss) from operations

Depreciation and amortization

Other income (expense)

Segment EBITDA (1)

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Income (loss) from operations

Depreciation and amortization
Other income (expense) (2)

Segment EBITDA (1)

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Income (loss) from operations

Depreciation and amortization

Other income (expense)

Segment EBITDA (1)

Franchise

Corporate-
owned
stores

Equipment

Corporate and
other

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

144,731   $

36,996   $

42,580   $

(40,263)   $

184,044

7,859  

(19)  

20,427  

(719)  

5,027  

—  

1,947  

(5,437)  

35,260

(6,175)

152,571   $

56,704   $

47,607   $

(43,753)   $

213,129

118,035   $

30,702   $

32,401   $

(33,602)   $

147,536

8,449  

(25)  

15,715  

438  

6,031  

107  

1,566  

316,408  

126,459   $

46,855   $

38,539   $

284,372   $

31,761

316,928

496,225

88,756   $

24,829   $

28,482   $

(26,405)   $

115,662

8,538  

(38)  

15,882  

136  

6,203  

1,754  

879  

(481)  

31,502

1,371

97,256   $

40,847   $

36,439   $

(26,007)   $

148,535

(1) Total  Segment  EBITDA  is  equal  to  EBITDA,  which  is  a  metric  that  is  not  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Refer  to  “—Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures”  for  a

(2)

definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Includes a gain of $316,813 in the Corporate and other segment related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the 2017
Tax Act.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures for determining how our business is
performing include total monthly dues and annual fees from members (which we refer to as system-wide sales), the number of new store openings, same store sales
for  both  corporate-owned  and  franchisee-owned  stores,  average  royalty  fee  percentages  for  franchisee-owned  stores,  monthly  PF  Black  Card  membership
penetration percentage, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Segment EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted.
See  “—Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures”  below  for  our  definition  of  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  four-wall  EBITDA,  Adjusted  net  income,  and  Adjusted  net
income per share, diluted and why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted,
and for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, and a reconciliation of adjusted net income per share, diluted to net income per share, diluted, the most directly comparable
financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Total monthly dues and annual fees from members (system-wide sales)
We review the total amount of dues we collect from our members on a monthly basis, which allows us to assess changes in the performance  of our corporate-
owned and franchisee-owned stores from period to period, any competitive pressures, local or regional membership traffic patterns and general market conditions
that might impact our store performance. We collect monthly dues on or around the 17 th of every month. We collect annual fees once per year from each member
based upon when the member signed his or her membership agreement. System-wide sales were $ 2.8 billion, $ 2.3 billion and $ 1.9 billion, during the years ended
December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Number of new store openings
The number of new store openings reflects stores opened during a particular reporting period for both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. Opening new
stores is an important part of our growth strategy and we expect the majority of our future new stores will be franchisee-owned. Before we obtain the certificate of
occupancy or report any revenue for new corporate-owned stores, we incur pre-opening costs, such as rent expense, labor expense and other operating expenses.
Some of our stores open with an initial start-up period of higher than normal marketing and operating expenses, particularly as a percentage of monthly revenue.
New  stores  may  not  be  profitable  and  their  revenue  may  not  follow  historical  patterns.  The  following  table  shows  the  growth  in  our  corporate-owned  and
franchisee-owned store base for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :

Franchisee-owned stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)

Stores operated at end of period

Corporate-owned stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened

Stores acquired from franchisees

Stores operated at end of period

Total stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)

Stores operated at end of period

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

1,456  

226  

(16)  

1,666  

62  

4  

10  

76  

1,518  

230  

(6)  

1,742  

1,255  

206  

(5)  

1,456  

58  

4  

—  

62  

1,313  

210  

(5)  

1,518  

1,066

195

(6)

1,255

58

—

—

58

1,124

195

(6)

1,313

(1) The term “debranded” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the
franchise agreement. We retain the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the
combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-
equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
Same store sales

Same store sales refers to year-over-year sales comparisons for the same store sales base of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. We define the same
store sales base to include those stores that have been open and for which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months. We measure same
store sales based solely upon monthly dues billed to members of our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.

Several factors affect our same store sales in any given period, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the number of stores that have been in operation for more than 12 months;

the percentage mix of PF Black Card and standard memberships in any period;

growth in total memberships per store;

consumer recognition of our brand and our ability to respond to changing consumer preferences;

overall economic trends, particularly those related to consumer spending;

our and our franchisees’ ability to operate stores effectively and efficiently to meet consumer expectations;

• marketing and promotional efforts;

•

•

•

local competition;

trade area dynamics; and

opening of new stores in the vicinity of existing locations.

Consistent with common industry practice, we present same store sales as compared to the same period in the prior year for all stores that have been open and for
which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months, beginning with the thirteenth month and thereafter, as applicable. Same store sales of
our international stores are calculated on a constant currency basis, meaning that we translate the current year’s same store sales of our international stores at the
same exchange rates used in the prior year. Since opening new stores will be a significant component of our revenue growth, same store sales is only one measure
of how we evaluate our performance.

Stores acquired from or sold to franchisees are removed from the franchisee-owned or corporate-owned same store sales base, as applicable, upon the ownership
change and for the twelve months following the date of the ownership change. These stores are included in the corporate-owned or franchisee-owned same store
sales base, as applicable, following the twelfth month after the acquisition or sale. These stores remain in the system-wide same store sales base in all periods.

The following table shows our same store sales for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 : 

Same store sales growth:

Franchisee-owned stores

Corporate-owned stores

System-wide stores

Number of stores in same store sales base:

Franchisee-owned stores

Corporate-owned stores

Total stores

Net member growth per store

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

10.4%  

6.5%  

10.2%  

1,390

62

1,462

10.5%  

4.9%  

10.2%  

1,213

58

1,271

9.0%

4.9%

8.8%

1,027

58

1,085

Net member  growth per store  refers  to the change  in total  members  in relation  to total  stores over time.  We capture  all  membership  changes  daily through our
point-of-sale system. We monitor a combination of membership growth, average members per store, average monthly EFT, transfers from or to an individual store
location and daily cash collected for enrollment fees related to new members. We seek to make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store, and, while
some memberships require a cancellation fee, we offer, and require our franchisees to offer, a non-committal membership option. This approach to memberships is
part of our commitment to appeal to new and occasional gym users. As a result, we do not measure membership attrition as an operating metric in assessing our
performance. We primarily attribute our membership growth to the growth of our franchisee-owned store base.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average royalty fee percentages for the franchisee-owned stores

The average royalty fee percentage represents royalties collected by us from our franchisees as a percentage of the monthly membership dues and annual fees that
are billed by the franchisees to their member base. We have varying royalty fee structures with our franchisee base, ranging from a tiered monthly fee to a royalty
of 7.0% of total monthly EFT and annual membership fees across our franchisee base. Our royalty fee in the U.S. and Canada has increased over time to a current
rate of 7.0% for new franchisees.

PF Black Card penetration percentage

Our  PF  Black  Card  penetration  percentage  represents  the  number  of  our  members  that  have  opted  to  enroll  in  our  PF  Black  Card  membership  program  as  a
percentage  of  our  total  active  membership  base.  PF  Black  Card  members  pay  higher  monthly  membership  dues  than  our  standard  membership  and  receive
additional benefits for these additional fees. These benefits include access to all of our stores system-wide and access to exclusive areas in our stores that provide
amenities  such  as  water  massage  beds,  massage  chairs,  tanning  equipment  and  more.  We  view  PF  Black  Card  penetration  percentage  as  a  critical  metric  in
assessing the performance and growth of our business.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We refer to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and four-wall EBITDA as we use these measures to evaluate our operating performance and we believe these measures
are  useful  to  investors  in  evaluating  our  performance.  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  four-wall  EBITDA  as  presented  in  this  Form  10-K  are  supplemental
measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA should
not be considered as substitutes for GAAP metrics such as net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Also, in the future we
may incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA
should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. We have also disclosed Segment EBITDA as an
important financial metric utilized by the Company to evaluate performance and allocate resources to segments in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting.
As part of such disclosure in “Our Segments” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Company has
provided a reconciliation from income from operations to Total Segment EBITDA, which is equal to the Non-GAAP financial metric EBITDA.

We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses
that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our segments as well as
the business as a whole. Our Board of Directors also uses EBITDA as a key metric to assess the performance of management. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net
income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our
evaluation of ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. These items include certain purchase accounting adjustments, management fees, certain IT
system  upgrade  costs,  transaction  fees,  stock  offering-related  costs,  IPO-related  compensation  expense,  severance  expense,  pre-opening  costs  and  certain  other
charges and gains. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact
of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors
in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. Four-wall EBITDA is an assessment of store-level profitability for stores included in the
same-store-sales base, which adjusts for certain administrative and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of store-level performance.

47

A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :  

(in thousands)
Net income

Interest income
Interest expense (1)
Provision for income taxes (2)
Depreciation and amortization

EBITDA

Purchase accounting adjustments-revenue (3)
Purchase accounting adjustments-rent (4)
Loss on reacquired franchise rights (5)
Transaction fees (6)
Stock offering-related costs (7)
Severance costs (8)
Pre-opening costs (9)
Early lease termination costs (10)
Equipment discount (11)
Indemnification receivable (12)
Tax benefit arrangement remeasurement (13)
Other (14)

Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

103,162   $

55,601   $

(4,681)  

50,746  

28,642  

35,260  

213,129  

1,019  

732  

360  

307  

—  

352  

1,461  

—  

—  

342  

4,765  

733  

(54)  

35,337  

373,580  

31,761  

496,225  

1,532  

725  

—  

1,030  

977  

—  

1,017  

719  

(107)  

—  

(317,354)  

(32)  

71,247

(21)

27,146

18,661

31,502

148,535

487

861

—

3,001

2,604

423

—

—

(1,754)

(2,772)

72

(840)

$

223,200   $

184,732   $

150,617

Includes $4.6 million and $0.6 million of loss on extinguishment of debt in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2016, respectively.
Includes $334.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.

(1)
(2)
(3) Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, the
Company  maintained  a  deferred  revenue  account,  which  consisted  of  deferred  area  development  agreement  fees,  deferred  franchise  fees,  and  deferred
enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition,
it  was  determined  that  the  carrying  amount  of  deferred  revenue  was  greater  than  the  fair  value  assessed  in  accordance  with  ASC  805—Business
Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting
under  ASC  805.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  ,  2017  and  2016  ,  these  amounts  represent  the  additional  revenue  that  would  have  been
recognized in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition pushdown accounting.
(4) Represents the impact of rent related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations, in connection
with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and rent is being recorded on a
straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This resulted in higher overall rent expense each period than would have
otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push down accounting applied in accordance with
ASC 805. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, reflect the
difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP since the acquisition and the rent expense that would have been recorded
had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016
, respectively, are due to the amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are
adjustments to rent expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.

(5) Represents the impact of a non-cash loss recorded in accordance with ASC 805 - Business Combinations related to our acquisition of six franchisee-owned
stores  on  January  1,  2018  and  our  acquisition  of  four  franchisee-owned  stores  on  August  10,  2018.  The  loss  recorded  under  GAAP  represents  the
difference  between the fair value of the reacquired  franchise rights and the contractual  terms of the reacquired franchise rights and is included in other
(gain) loss on our consolidated statements of operations.

48

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
(6) Represents  transaction  fees  and  expenses  that  could  not  be  capitalized  related  to  the  issuance  of  our  Series  2018-1  Senior  Notes  in  the  year  ended

December 31, 2018, and related to the amendment of our credit facility in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 .
(7) Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with offerings of the Company’s Class A common stock.
(8) Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.
(9) Represents  costs  associated  with  new  corporate-owned  stores  incurred  prior  to  the  store  opening,  including  payroll-related  costs,  rent  and  occupancy

expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.

(10) Represents charges and expenses incurred in connection with the early termination of the lease for our previous headquarters.
(11) Represents a gain recorded in connection with the write-off of a previously accrued deferred equipment discount that was not utilized. This amount was

originally recognized through purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014.

(12) Represents a receivable recorded in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-

IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.

(13) Represents gains and losses related to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In the year ended
December  31,  2017,  this  amount  includes  a  gain  of  $316.8  million  related  to  the  remeasurement  of  the  Company’s  tax  benefit  arrangement  liabilities
pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.

(14) Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2018 this amount includes expense of
$0.6 million related to the write off of certain assets that were being tested for potential use across the system. In 2016, the net gain primarily related to
proceeds received from an insurance settlement.

Adjusted net income assumes all net income is attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc., which assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units for shares of
Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc., adjusted for certain non-recurring items that we do not believe directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted net
income per share, diluted is calculated by dividing Adjusted net income by the total weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding assuming the
full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common stock as of the beginning of each period presented. Adjusted net income and
Adjusted net income per share, diluted are supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent and should not be considered alternatives to net
income and earnings per share, as determined by GAAP. We believe Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted supplement GAAP measures
and  enable  us  to  more  effectively  evaluate  our  performance  period-over-period.  A  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  net  income  to  net  income,  the  most  directly
comparable GAAP measure, and the computation of Adjusted net income per share, diluted are set forth below. 

49

(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income

Provision for income taxes, as reported (1)
Purchase accounting adjustments-revenue (2)
Purchase accounting adjustments-rent (3)
Loss on reacquired franchise rights (4)
Transaction fees (5)
Loss on extinguishment of debt (6)
Stock offering-related costs (7)
Severance costs (8)
Pre-opening costs (9)
Early lease termination costs (10)
Equipment discount (11)
Indemnification receivable (12)
Tax benefit arrangement remeasurement (13)
Other (14)
Purchase accounting amortization (15)

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

103,162   $

55,601   $

28,642  

1,019  

732  

360  

307  

4,570  

—  

352  

1,461  

—  

—  

342  

4,765  

733  

15,716  

373,580  

1,532  

725  

—  

1,030  

—  

977  

—  

1,017  

1,143  

(107)  

—  

(317,354)  

(32)  

17,876  

71,247

18,661

487

861

—

3,001

606

2,604

423

—

—

(1,754)

(2,772)

72

(522)

19,371

112,285

44,353

67,932

0.69

98,611

Adjusted income before income taxes

Adjusted income taxes (16)

Adjusted net income

Adjusted net income per share, diluted

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted (17)

$

$

$

162,161   $

135,988   $

42,648  

119,513   $

1.22   $

97,950  

53,715  

82,273   $

0.84   $

98,455  

Includes $334.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act.

(1)
(2) Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, the
Company  maintained  a  deferred  revenue  account,  which  consisted  of  deferred  area  development  agreement  fees,  deferred  franchise  fees,  and  deferred
enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition,
it  was  determined  that  the  carrying  amount  of  deferred  revenue  was  greater  than  the  fair  value  assessed  in  accordance  with  ASC  805—Business
Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting
under  ASC  805.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  ,  2017  and  2016  ,  these  amounts  represent  the  additional  revenue  that  would  have  been
recognized in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition pushdown accounting.
(3) Represents the impact of rent related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations, in connection
with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and rent is being recorded on a
straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This resulted in higher overall rent expense each period than would have
otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push down accounting applied in accordance with
ASC 805. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, reflect the
difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP since the acquisition and the rent expense that would have been recorded
had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016
, respectively, are due to the amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are
adjustments to rent expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.

(4) Represents the impact of a non-cash loss recorded in accordance with ASC 805 - Business Combinations related to our acquisition of six franchisee-owned
stores  on  January  1,  2018  and  our  acquisition  of  four  franchisee-owned  stores  on  August  10,  2018.  The  loss  recorded  under  GAAP  represents  the
difference  between the fair value of the reacquired  franchise rights and the contractual  terms of the reacquired franchise rights and is included in other
(gain) loss on our consolidated statements of operations.

(5) Represents  transaction  fees  and  expenses  that  could  not  be  capitalized  related  to  the  issuance  of  our  Series  2018-1  Senior  Notes  in  the  year  ended

December 31, 2018, and related to the amendment of our credit facility in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 .

50

 
 
 
 
(6) Represents  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  related  to  the  write-off  of  deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the  Term  Loan  B  which  the  Company

repaid in August 2018, and a loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the amendment of our credit facility in 2016.
(7) Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with offerings of the Company’s Class A common stock.
(8) Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.
(9) Represents  costs  associated  with  new  corporate-owned  stores  incurred  prior  to  the  store  opening,  including  payroll-related  costs,  rent  and  occupancy

expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.

(10) Represents charges and expenses incurred in connection with the early termination of the lease for our previous headquarters.
(11) Represents a gain recorded in connection with the write-off of a previously accrued deferred equipment discount that was not utilized. This amount was

originally recognized through purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014.

(12) Represents a receivable recorded in connection with a contractual obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-

IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.

(13) Represents gains and losses related to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In the year ended
December 31, 2017, includes a gain of $316.8 million related to the remeasurement of the Company’s tax benefit arrangement liabilities pursuant to the
2017 Tax Act.

(14) Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2018 this amount includes expense of
$0.6 million related to the write off of certain assets that were being tested for potential use across the system. In 2016, the net gain primarily related to
proceeds received from an insurance settlement.

(15) Includes $12.4 million, $15.7 million and $16.9 million of amortization of intangible assets, other than favorable leases, for the years ended December 31,
2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, and $3.3 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million of amortization of
intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, created in connection with historical acquisitions of franchisee-
owned stores. The adjustment represents the amount of actual non-cash amortization expense recorded, in accordance with GAAP, in each period.

(16) Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 26.3%, 39.5% and 39.4% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,

respectively, applied to adjusted income before income taxes.

(17) Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of

Planet Fitness, Inc.

A reconciliation of net income per share, diluted, to Adjusted net income per share, diluted, is set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and
2016 :

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)

Adjusted Net Income

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Net income

  Weighted Average Shares  

Net income per
share, diluted

1.00

87,675   $

10,275    

$

$

88,021  

15,141  

103,162    

58,999    

162,161    

42,648    

119,513  

97,950   $

1.22

(1) Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the associated weighted average shares of Class A

common stock outstanding (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K).

(2) Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock.

(3) Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
(4) Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 26.3% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.

51

 
   
   
   
   
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)

Adjusted Net Income

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Net income

  Weighted Average Shares  

Net income per
share, diluted

0.42

78,972   $

19,483    

$

$

33,146  

22,455  

55,601    

80,387    

135,988    

53,715    

82,273  

98,455   $

0.84

(1) Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the associated weighted average shares of Class A

common stock outstanding (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K).

(2) Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock.

(3) Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
(4) Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.5% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)
Assumed exchange of shares (2)
Net Income
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)
Adjusted income before income taxes
Adjusted income taxes (4)

Adjusted Net Income

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net income

  Weighted Average Shares  

Net income per
share, diluted

0.50

43,305   $

55,306    

$

$

21,500  

49,747  

71,247    

41,038    

112,285    

44,353    

67,932  

98,611   $

0.69

(1) Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2016 , and the associated weighted average shares of Class A

common stock outstanding (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this form 10-K).

(2) Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of
Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings
Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock.

(3) Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.
(4) Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.5% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.

52

 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
The following table reconciles corporate-owned stores segment EBITDA to four-wall EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 :

(in thousands)
Corporate-owned stores segment
New stores (1)
Selling, general and administrative (2)
Impact of eliminations (3)
Purchase accounting adjustments (4)

Four-wall EBITDA
Royalty adjustment (5)

Royalty adjusted four-wall EBITDA

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

EBITDA

EBITDA Margin

$

$

$

138,599   $

(2,268)  

—  

—  

—  

136,331   $

—  

136,331   $

56,704  

1,491    

4,298    

(592)    

1,092    

62,993  

(9,480)    

53,513  

40.9%

46.2%

39.3%

Includes the impact of stores open less than 13 months and those which have not yet opened.

(1)
(2) Reflects administrative costs attributable to the corporate-owned stores segment but not directly related to store operations.
(3) Reflects intercompany charges for royalties and other fees which are eliminated in consolidation.
(4) Represents the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition and our historical acquisitions of franchisee-

owned stores. These are primarily related to fair value adjustments to deferred rent.
Includes the effect of royalties paid by the franchisee at a rate of 7.0% per our current franchisee agreement.

(5)

53

 
 
 
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 : 

Revenue:

Franchise revenue

Commission income

National advertising fund revenue

Franchise segment

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Total revenue

Operating costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue

Store operations

Selling, general and administrative

National advertising fund expense

Depreciation and amortization

Other loss (gain)

Total operating costs and expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest income

Interest expense

Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense), net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

54

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

30.6 %  

1.2 %  

7.3 %  

39.1 %  

24.2 %  

36.7 %  

30.7 %  

4.2 %  

— %  

34.9 %  

26.1 %  

39.0 %  

25.7 %

5.1 %

— %

30.8 %

27.7 %

41.5 %

100.0 %  

100.0 %  

100.0 %

28.4 %  

13.1 %  

12.6 %  

7.4 %  

6.2 %  

0.2 %  

67.9 %  

32.1 %  

0.8 %  

(8.9)%  

(1.1)%  

(9.2)%  

22.9 %  

5.0 %  

17.9 %  

2.6 %  

15.3 %  

30.1 %  

14.1 %  

14.0 %  

— %  

7.4 %  

0.1 %  

65.7 %  

34.3 %  

— %  

(8.2)%  

73.7 %  

65.5 %  

99.8 %  

86.9 %  

12.9 %  

5.2 %  

7.7 %  

32.3 %

15.9 %

13.2 %

— %

8.3 %

(0.4)%

69.3 %

30.7 %

— %

(7.2)%

0.4 %

(6.8)%

23.9 %

4.9 %

19.0 %

13.2 %

5.8 %

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
The following table sets forth a comparison of our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 : 

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

(in thousands)
Revenue:

Franchise revenue

Commission income

National advertising fund revenue

Franchise segment

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Total revenue

Operating costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue

Store operations

Selling, general and administrative

National advertising fund expense

Depreciation and amortization

Other loss (gain)

Total operating costs and expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest income

Interest expense

Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense), net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests

$

175,314   $

131,983   $

6,632  

42,194  

224,140  

138,599  

210,159  

572,898  

162,646  

75,005  

72,446  

42,619  

35,260  

878  

388,854  

184,044  

4,681  

(50,746)  

(6,175)  

(52,240)  

131,804  

28,642  

103,162  

15,141  

18,172  

—  

150,155  

112,114  

167,673  

429,942  

129,266  

60,657  

60,369  

—  

31,761  

353  

282,406  

147,536  

54  

(35,337)  

316,928  

281,645  

429,181  

373,580  

55,601  

22,455  

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

$

88,021   $

33,146   $

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Revenue

97,374

19,114

—

116,488

104,721

157,032

378,241

122,317

60,121

50,008

—

31,502

(1,369)

262,579

115,662

21

(27,146)

1,371

(25,754)

89,908

18,661

71,247

49,747

21,500

Total revenues were $ 572.9 million in 2018 , compared to $ 429.9 million in 2017 , an increase of $ 143.0 million, or 33.3% .

Franchise segment revenue was $ 224.1 million in the year ended December  31, 2018  compared  to  $  150.2 million in the year ended December  31,  2017  , an
increase of $ 74.0 million, or 49.3% .

Franchise revenue was $ 175.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 132.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an increase of $
43.3 million or 32.8% . Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $ 147.2 million, franchise and other fees of $ 16.6 million, and placement revenue of $
11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to royalty revenue of $ 93.6 million, franchise and other fees of $ 27.0 million, and placement
revenue of $ 11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 . The $ 53.5 million increase in royalty revenue was primarily driven by $24.6 million due to
higher  royalty  rates  on  monthly  dues  and  $8.4  million  due  to  higher  royalty  rates  on  annual  fees,  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  franchise  agreements  that  were
amended  to  increase  royalty  rates  by  1.59%  in  exchange  for  a  corresponding  decrease  in  franchise  and  other  fees  as  well  as  reduced  commission  income  (the
"Rebate to Royalty Amendment"). Additionally, $10.1 million was attributable to royalties from new stores in 2018, as well as those that opened in 2017 that were
not included in the same store sales base, and $10.4 million attributable to a same store sales increase of 10.4% in franchisee-owned stores. The $ 10.4 million
decrease in  franchise  and  other  fees  includes  a  $9.9  million  decrease  driven  by  the  Rebate  to  Royalty  Amendment  and  a  $2.7  million  decrease  due  to  lower
franchise fee revenue primarily associated with the adoption of ASC 606, partially offset by higher web join income

55

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
of $2.2 million as a result of a higher web join acquisition rate and a higher number of franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared
to the year ended December 31, 2017 .

Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $ 6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 18.2 million in the year
ended December 31, 2017 , a decrease of $ 11.5 million or 63.5% . The decrease was primarily attributable to the Rebate to Royalty Amendment mentioned above.

National advertising fund revenue was $ 42.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to zero in the year ended December 31, 2017 , as a result of
the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard ASC 606. This revenue is offset by national advertising fund expenses below. See Note 10 in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $ 138.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to $ 112.1  million in the year ended
December 31, 2017 , an increase of $ 26.5 million, or 23.6% . Of the $ 26.5 million increase, $18.5 million was due to higher revenue from corporate-owned stores
newly opened or acquired since January 1, 2017, $6.1 million was from higher same store sales from corporate-owned stores which increased  6.5% in the year
ended December 31, 2018 , and $1.8 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees.

Equipment segment revenue was $ 210.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to $ 167.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an
increase of $ 42.5 million, or 25.3% . The $ 42.5 million increase was driven by higher replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores and also
higher equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to 32 additional new equipment sales in the year ended December 31, 2018 , as compared to the
year ended December 31, 2017 .

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue was $ 162.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 129.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an increase of $ 33.4
million, or 25.8% . Cost of revenue primarily relates to our equipment segment. The increase was primarily due to higher replacement equipment sales to existing
franchisee-owned stores and higher equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to 32 additional new equipment sales in the year ended December 31,
2018 , as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 . The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue.

Store operations

Store  operation  expenses,  which  relates  to  our  corporate-owned  stores  segment,  were  $  75.0 million in the year ended December  31, 2018  compared  to  $  60.7
million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an increase of $ 14.3 million, or 23.7% . The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of six franchisee-
owned stores on January 1, 2018, the acquisition of four franchisee-owned stores on August 10, 2018, and the opening of eight new corporate-owned stores since
January 1, 2017.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $ 72.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 60.4 million in the year ended December 31,
2017 , an increase of $ 12.1 million, or 20.0% . The $ 12.1 million increase was primarily due to additional expenses incurred during the year ended December 31,
2018 to support our growing operations, including additional headcount and equity-based compensation. Partially offsetting this increase was $1.0 million of lower
costs incurred in connection with secondary offerings in the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 . With respect to our
growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-owned store count
grows.

National advertising fund expense

National advertising fund expense was $ 42.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to zero in the year ended December 31, 2017 , as a result of
the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard ASC 606. This expense is primarily offset by national advertising fund revenues. See Note 10 in the notes to
the consolidated financial statements.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  consists  of  the  depreciation  of  property  and  equipment,  including  leasehold  and  building  improvements  and  equipment.
Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $ 35.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 31.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 ,
an increase of $ 3.5 million, or 11.0% . The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition and opening of corporate-owned stores since January 1, 2017.

Other loss  

Other loss was $ 0.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 . Of the $ 0.9 million loss in the
year ended December 31, 2018 , $0.6 million was primarily attributable to the write off of certain

56

assets that were being tested for possible use across the system. The $ 0.4 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to losses
incurred with the early termination of the lease on our previous headquarters, partially offset by a gain on the sale of fixed assets.

Interest income

Interest income was $ 4.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 . The increase was due to
the increase in the Company's cash balance in connection with the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes as well as cash generated from operations.

Interest expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.  

Interest expense was $ 50.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 35.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an increase of $ 15.4
million, or 43.6% . The increase in interest expense was primarily a result of higher interest expense related to the issuance of $1.2 billion of Class A-2 Notes.
Additionally, we recorded $4.6 million of losses on extinguishment of debt recorded in connection with the repayment of our Term Loan B which was repaid in
August  2018,  compared  to  $1.0  million  of  losses  on  the  extinguishment  of  debt  related  to  the  write-off  of  deferred  financing  costs  in  connection  with  the
refinancing of our term loan in the year ended December 31, 2017 .

Other income (expense)

Other expense was $ 6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to income of $ 316.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , a decrease of
$ 323.1 million. In 2018, other expense included $4.7 million of expense attributable to the remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements due to changes in our
effective tax rate. In 2017, other income included a gain of $316.8 million related to the remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements in connection with changes
in  the  tax  rate  due  to  the  2017  Tax  Act.  Other  income  (expense)  also  includes  realized  gains  (losses)  on  derivative  activities  as  well  as  the  effects  of  foreign
currency gains and losses.

Provision for income taxes

Income tax expense was $ 28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 373.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 , a decrease of $
344.9 million. Of the $344.9 million decrease $334.0 is attributable to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets in 2017 in connection with changes in the tax
rate due to the 2017 Tax Act. This was partially offset by our increased income before taxes and increased pro-rata share of income from Pla-Fit Holdings for the
year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the exchanges by Continuing LLC Owners of Holdings Units for
shares of Class A common stock.

Segment results

Franchise

Franchise segment EBITDA was $ 152.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 126.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an
increase  of  $  26.1 million, or 20.6% .  This  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  growth  in  our  franchise  segment  revenue  of  $  74.0 million,  including a $ 53.5
million increase in royalty revenue primarily driven by $24.6 million due to higher royalty rates on monthly dues and $8.4 million due to higher royalties on annual
fees, primarily as a result of the Rebate to Royalty Amendment. Additionally, $10.1 million was attributable to royalties from new stores in 2018, as well as those
that opened in 2017 that were not included in the same store sales base, and $10.4 million attributable to a same store sales increase of 10.4% in franchisee-owned
stores. We also had higher web join income of $2.2 million as a result of a higher web join acquisition rate and a higher number of franchisee-owned stores in the
year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 . In connection with the adoption of ASC 606, franchise segment revenue also
included $ 42.2 million of NAF revenue in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to zero in the year ended December 31, 2017 (see Note 10). Partially
offsetting these revenue increases was a $ 10.4 million decrease in franchise and other fees and an $ 11.5 million decrease in commission income, both primarily
driven by the Rebate to Royalty Amendment. Franchise segment EBITDA also includes $ 42.6 million of NAF expense in the year ended December 31, 2018 in
connection  with  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  compared  to  zero  in  the  year  ended  December  31, 2017  (see  Note  10).  Additionally  we  had  $5.3  million  of  higher
compensation and operational expenses in the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 . Depreciation and amortization
was $ 7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 and $ 8.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 .

Corporate-owned stores

Corporate-owned stores segment EBITDA was $ 56.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $ 46.9 million in the year ended December 31,
2017 , an increase of $ 9.8 million, or 21.0% . Of the increase, $6.7 million was attributable to the stores acquired and opened since January 1, 2017. An additional
$5.0 million was related to stores included in our same store sales

57

base  in  the  year  ended  December  31, 2018  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31, 2017  .  Offsetting  these  increases  was  $1.2  million  of  higher  foreign
currency losses which were a loss of $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to a gain of $0.4 million the year ended December 31, 2017 .
Depreciation and amortization was $ 20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 , compared to $ 15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 . The
increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily attributable the acquisition and opening of corporate-owned stores since January 1, 2017.

Equipment

Equipment segment EBITDA was $ 47.6 million in the year ended December  31, 2018  compared  to  $  38.5 million in the year ended December  31,  2017  , an
increase of $ 9.1 million, or 23.5% . The increase was the result of higher replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores, and higher equipment
sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to 32 additional new equipment sales in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31,
2017 . Depreciation and amortization was $ 5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $ 6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 .

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

Revenue

Total revenues were $429.9 million in 2017, compared to $378.2 million in 2016, an increase of $51.7 million, or 13.7%.

Franchise segment revenue was $150.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $116.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase
of $33.7 million, or 28.9%.

Franchise revenue was $132.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $97.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $34.6
million or 35.5%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $93.6 million, franchise and other fees of $27.0 million, and placement revenue of $11.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to royalty revenue of $64.6 million, franchise and other fees of $22.3 million, and placement revenue of
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Of the $29.1 million increase in royalty revenue, $8.5 million was attributable to royalties from new stores
opened  in  2017  as  well  as  stores  that  opened  in  2016  that  were  not  included  in  the  same  store  sales  base,  and  $14.5  million  attributable  to  a  same  store  sales
increase of 10.5% in franchisee-owned  stores, and $6.1 million was attributable  to higher revenue from annual fees. The $4.7 million increase in franchise and
other fees was attributable to higher ADA and franchise fees of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016. Additionally we had higher
web  join  income  of  $2.0  million  and  transaction  fee  income  of  $0.8  million,  both  a  result  of  a  higher  number  of  franchisee-owned  stores  in  the  year  ended
December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $18.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $19.1 million in the year
ended  December  31,  2016,  a  decrease  of  $0.9  million  or  4.9%.  The  decrease  primarily  reflects  the  elimination  of  certain  rebates  and  commissions  that  were
historically paid to us in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Revenue  from  our  corporate-owned  stores  segment  was  $112.1  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  compared  to  $104.7  million  in  the  year  ended
December 31, 2016, an increase of $7.4 million, or 7.1%. Of the $7.4 million increase, $4.4 million was attributable  to same store sales from corporate-owned
stores which increased 4.9% in the year ended December 31, 2017, and $3.6 million was attributable to higher revenue from annual fees.

Equipment  segment  revenue  was  $167.7  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  compared  to  $157.0  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  an
increase  of  $10.6  million,  or  6.8%.  The  $10.6  million  increase  was  driven  by  an  increase  in  replacement  equipment  sales  to  existing  franchisee-owned  stores,
partially  offset  by  lower  equipment  sales  to  new  franchisee-owned  stores  related  to  10  fewer  new  equipment  sales  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue was $129.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $122.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.9
million, or 5.7%. Cost of revenue primarily relates to our equipment segment. The increase was primarily due to the impact of more existing franchisee-owned
stores purchasing replacement equipment in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, partially offset by a decrease in
the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores. The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue.

Store operations

Store  operation  expenses,  which  relates  to  our  corporate-owned  stores  segment,  were  $60.7  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  compared  to  $60.1
million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.5 million, or 0.9%.

Selling, general and administrative

58

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $60.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $50.0 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $10.4 million, or 20.7%. The $10.4 million increase was primarily due to additional expenses incurred during the year ended December 31,
2017 to support our growing operations, including additional headcount, infrastructure, and public company expenses. Partially offsetting this increase was $1.7
million of lower costs incurred in connection with secondary offerings in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
With respect to our growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-
owned store count grows.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  consists  of  the  depreciation  of  property  and  equipment,  including  leasehold  and  building  improvements  and  equipment.
Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $31.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $31.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016,
an increase of $0.3 million, or 0.8%.

Other loss (gain)  

Other loss (gain) was a loss of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to a gain of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016. The
$0.4  million  loss  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  primarily  attributable  to  losses  incurred  with  the  early  termination  of  the  lease  on  our  previous
headquarters,  partially  offset  by  a  gain  on  the  sale  of  fixed  assets.  The  $1.4  million  gain  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  was  primarily  attributable  to
insurance proceeds received during 2016, in addition to a gain on the sale of fixed assets.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.  

Interest expense, net was $35.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $27.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $8.2
million, or 30.1%. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the additional $230.0 million in borrowings under our senior secured credit facility
which occurred on November 10, 2016. In addition we recorded $1.0 million and $0.6 million of expense on the extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of
deferred financing costs in connection with the refinancings of our term loan in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Other income (expense)

Other income was $316.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to income of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of
$315.6 million. In 2017, other income included a gain of $317.4 million primarily related to the remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements in connection with
changes in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act, partially offset by $1.0 million of third party fees recorded in connection with the May 2017 amendment of our
credit  facility.  In  2016,  other  income  included  a  $2.8  million  gain  related  to  the  recording  of  a  receivable  in  connection  with  a  contractual  obligation  of  the
Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition, and a $1.8 million gain recorded in
connection  with  the  write-off  of  a  previously  accrued  equipment  discount  that  is  no  longer  expected  to  be  utilized  which  was  originally  recognized  through
purchase  accounting  in  connection  with  the acquisition  of  eight  franchisee-owned  stores  on March  31, 2014, partially  offset  by $3.0 million  of  third  party  fees
recorded in connection with the November amendment of our credit facility. Other income (expense) also includes realized gains (losses) on derivative activities as
well as the effects of foreign currency gains and losses.

Provision for income taxes

Income tax expense was $373.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of
$354.9 million. Prior to the recapitalization transactions, Pla-Fit Holdings was treated as a pass through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in
most states. As a result, entity level taxes were not significant and the provision for income taxes primarily consisted of tax expense related to the state of New
Hampshire and Canada as well as certain other local taxes.

Subsequent to the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our
allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings. Our then-current tax rate of 39.5% for the years ended December 31 2017 and 2016, was calculated
using the U.S. federal income tax rate and the statutory rates applied to income apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the
portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions and
IPO.  The  provision  for  income  taxes  also  reflects  an  effective  state  tax  rate  of  2.1%  and  2.0%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  and  the  year  ended
December 31, 2016, respectively, applied to non-controlling interests, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.

59

On  December  22,  2017,  the  2017  Tax  Act  was  enacted,  making  significant  changes  to  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a
corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified
territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We have calculated
our best estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act in our year end income tax provision in accordance with our understanding of the law and available guidance
and  as  a  result  have  recorded  $334.0  million  as  additional  income  tax  expense  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  the  period  in  which  the  legislation  was  enacted,
primarily  related  to  the  remeasurement  of  certain  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The  2017  Tax  Act  also  caused  a  remeasurement  of  our  tax  benefit
arrangements.

Of the $354.9 million increase in the provision for income taxes $334.0 is attributable to the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets in connection with changes
in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act, as well as the increased economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. in the year ended December 31,
2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of the exchanges by Continuing LLC Owners of shares of Class B common stock for shares of
Class  A  common  stock.  Additionally,  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  recognized  $2.8  million  within  tax  expense  related  to  the
establishment of a reserve for an uncertain tax position including interest of $0.5 million. This amount relates to a potential liability associated with a 2012 state
filing  position  currently  under  audit  by  the  taxing  authorities.  We  also  recorded  a  receivable  related  to  this  potential  liability  in  connection  with  a  contractual
obligation of the Company’s co-founders to indemnify the Company with respect to pre-IPO tax liabilities pursuant to the 2012 Acquisition.

Segment results

Franchise

Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $126.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $97.3 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $29.2 million, or 30.0%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in our franchise segment revenue of $33.7 million, including $14.5
million attributable to a same store sales increase of 10.5% from franchisee-owned stores, $8.5 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-
owned  stores  not  included  in  the  same  store  sales  base,  $6.1  million  attributable  to  higher  revenue  from  annual  fees,  and  $4.7  million  attributable  to  higher
franchise  and  other  fees.  Partially  offsetting  the  increased  franchise  segment  revenue  was  higher  compensation  and  marketing  expenses  in  the  year  ended
December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Depreciation and amortization was $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 and
the year ended December 31, 2016.

Corporate-owned stores

Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $46.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $40.8 million in the year ended
December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.0 million, or 14.7%. Of the increase, $4.4 million was attributable to same store sales from corporate-owned stores which
increased 4.9% and $ 3.6 million was attributable to higher revenue on annual fees. These increases were partially offset by $1.4 million of net negative EBITDA
incurred in connection with the opening of four new corporate owned stores in the fourth quarter of 2017. Depreciation and amortization was $15.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Equipment

Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $38.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $36.4 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $2.1 million, or 5.8%, primarily as a result of higher replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by a
decrease in the number of equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
Depreciation and amortization was $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2018 , we had $ 289.4 million of cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as of December 31, 2018 , we had borrowing capacity of $75.0
million under our Variable Funding Note.

We  require  cash principally  to fund day-to-day  operations,  to finance  capital  investments,  to service  our outstanding  debt and obligations  under our tax benefit
arrangements and to address our working capital needs. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that with our available cash
balance,  the  cash  generated  from  our  operations,  and  amounts  available  under  our  variable  funding  note  will  be  adequate  to  meet  our  anticipated  debt  service
requirements and obligations under our tax benefit arrangements, capital expenditures, payments of tax distributions and working capital needs for at least the next
twelve months. We believe that we will be able to meet these obligations even if we experience no growth in sales or profits. Our ability to continue to fund these
items and continue to reduce debt could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any of the events described under “Risk Factors.” However, our business may
not  generate  sufficient  cash  flows  from  operations,  and  future  borrowings  may  not  be  available  under  our  Variable  Funding  Note  or  otherwise  to  enable  us  to
service our indebtedness, including

60

our Class A-2 Notes, or to make anticipated capital expenditures. Our future operating performance and our ability to service, extend or refinance the securitized
financing facility will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

The following table presents summary cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

Net increase in cash

Operating activities

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

184,399   $

(86,416)  

109,920  

(844)  

207,059   $

131,021

(37,042)

(21,703)

411

72,687

For the year ended December 31, 2018 , net cash provided by operating activities was $ 184.4 million compared to $ 131.0 million in the year ended December 31,
2017 , an increase of $ 53.4 million. Of the increase , $ 33.0 million was due to higher net income after adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities, and $ 20.3 million was due to lower cash used for working capital in accounts receivable, other assets and other current assets, accounts
payable and accrued expenses and deferred revenue, partially offset by higher cash paid pursuant to tax benefit arrangements in the year ended December 31, 2018
, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 .

Investing activities

Cash flow used in investing activities related to the following capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 :

(in thousands)
New corporate-owned stores

Existing corporate-owned stores

Information systems

Acquisition of building and land

Corporate and all other

Total capital expenditures

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

10,368   $

16,792  

9,103  

4,538  

59  

40,860   $

7,633

22,510

1,416

—

6,163

37,722

$

$

For the year ended December 31, 2018 , net cash used in investing activities was $ 86.4 million compared to $ 37.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 ,
an increase of  $  49.4 million.  This  increase in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  primarily  due  to  the
acquisition  of  stores  from  franchisees,  higher  capital  expenditures  related  to  information  systems,  the  acquisition  of  a  building  and  land,  and  higher  capital
expenditures  on new corporate-owned  stores, partially  offset by lower capital  expenditures  on existing corporate-owned  stores and lower corporate  costs which
were primarily related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters in the prior year.

Financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2018 , net cash provided by financing activities was $ 109.9 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $ 21.7
million in the year ended December 31, 2017 , an increase of $ 131.6 million. In the year ended December 31, 2018 we had net proceeds from the issuance and
repayments  of  long-term  debt  of  $460.4  million,  $342.4  million  of  cash  used  to  repurchase  and  retire  5.4  million  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock,  and
distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $8.3 million. In the year ended December 31, 2017 , we had repayments of long-term debt of $7.2 million and
distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $11.4 million.

61

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
The following table presents summary cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:  

(in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by:

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash

Operating activities

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

$

$

131,021   $

(37,042)  

(21,703)  

411  

72,687   $

108,817

(14,694)

(85,183)

23

8,963

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $131.0 million compared to $108.8 million in the year ended December 31,
2016, an increase of $23.9 million, and was primarily due to net income after adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of
$149.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $126.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016.

Investing activities

Cash flow used in investing activities related to the following capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:  

(in thousands)
New corporate-owned stores and corporate-owned stores not yet opened

Existing corporate-owned stores

Information systems

Corporate and all other

Total capital expenditures

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

7,633   $

22,510  

1,416  

6,163  

37,722   $

—

14,070

884

423

15,377

$

$

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $37.0 million compared to $14.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, an
increase of $22.3 million. This increase was primarily due to higher capital expenditures related to new corporate-owned stores, existing corporate owned stores,
and the relocation of our corporate headquarters in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in financing activities was $21.7 million compared to $85.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, a
decrease of $63.5 million. Primary cash outflows in the year ended December 31, 2017 included repayments of long-term debt of $7.2 million and distributions to
members of Pla-Fit Holdings of $11.4 million. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we had proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $230.0 million, offset
by the payment of a cash dividend to shareholders of our Class A common stock of $169.3 million, dividend equivalent payments to Continuing LLC Owners of
$101.7  million,  other  distributions  to  members  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings  of  $31.8  million,  repayments  of  long-term  debt  of  $5.6  million  and  payment  of  deferred
financing and other debt-related costs of $5.2 million.

On November 10, 2016, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase of $230.0 million in term loan
borrowings for a total of $718.5 million, decrease our interest rate spread on our term loan by 25 basis points, and increase our revolving credit facility to $75.0
million. The full incremental borrowing of $230.0 million and approximately $41.0 million of cash on hand was used to pay a cash dividend of $169.3 million to
shareholders of our Class A common stock and make cash dividend equivalent payments of $101.7 million to Continuing LLC Owners.

Securitized Financing Facility

On  August  1,  2018,  the  Master  Issuer,  a  limited-purpose,  bankruptcy  remote,  wholly-owned  indirect  subsidiary  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  LLC,  entered  into  the
Indenture  under  which  the  Master  Issuer  may  issue  multiple  series  of  notes.  On  the  same  date,  the  Master  Issuer  issued  the  Class  A-2-I  Notes  with  an  initial
principal amount of $575 million and the Class A-2-II Notes, with an initial principal amount of $625 million. In connection with the issuance of the Class A-2
Notes, the Master Issuer also entered into the Variable Funding Notes that allow for the issuance of up to $75 million, and certain letters of credit, all of which is
currently undrawn. The Class A-2 Notes were issued in a securitization transaction pursuant to which most of the Company’s domestic

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
revenue-generating  assets,  consisting  principally  of  franchise-related  agreements,  certain  corporate-owned  store  assets,  equipment  supply  agreements  and
intellectual property and license agreements for the use of intellectual property, were assigned to the Master Issuer and certain other limited-purpose, bankruptcy
remote, wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of the Company that act as guarantors of the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes and that have pledged substantially all of their
assets to secure the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes.

Interest and principal payments on the Class A-2 Notes are payable on a quarterly basis. The requirement to make such quarterly principal payments on the Class
A-2 Notes is subject to certain financial conditions set forth in the Indenture. The legal final maturity date of the Class A-2 Notes is in September 2048, but it is
anticipated that, unless earlier prepaid to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Class A-2 Notes will be repaid by the Anticipated Repayment Dates. If the
Master Issuer has not repaid or refinanced the Class A-2 Notes prior to the respective Anticipated Repayment Dates, additional interest will accrue pursuant to the
Indenture.

The Variable Funding Notes will accrue interest at a variable interest rate based on (i) the prime rate, (ii) overnight federal funds rates, (iii) the London interbank
offered rate for U.S. Dollars, or (iv) with respect to advances made by conduit investors, the weighted average cost of, or related to, the issuance of commercial
paper allocated to fund or maintain such advances, in each case plus any applicable margin and as specified in the Variable Funding Note agreement. There is a
commitment fee on the unused portion of the Variable Funding Notes of 0.5% based on utilization. It is anticipated that the principal and interest on the Variable
Funding Notes will be repaid in full on or prior to September 2023, subject to two additional one-year extensions. Following the anticipated repayment date (and
any extensions thereof) additional interest will accrue on the Variable Funding Notes equal to 5.0% per year.

In connection with the issuance of the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $27.1 million. The debt issuance costs are being
amortized to “Interest expense” through the Anticipated Repayment Dates of the Class A-2 Notes utilizing the effective interest rate method.

The  Series  2018-1  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  covenants  and  restrictions  customary  for  transactions  of  this  type,  including  (i)  that  the  Master  Issuer  maintains
specified reserve accounts to be used to make required payments in respect of the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, (ii) provisions relating to optional and mandatory
prepayments  and  the  related  payment  of  specified  amounts,  including  specified  make-whole  payments  in  the  case  of  the  Class  A-2  Notes  under  certain
circumstances, (iii) certain indemnification payments in the event, among other things, the assets pledged as collateral for the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are in
stated ways defective or ineffective, and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to information and similar matters. The Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are
also subject to customary rapid amortization events provided for in the Indenture, including events tied to failure to maintain stated debt service coverage ratios,
certain  manager  termination  events,  an  event  of  default,  and  the  failure  to  repay  or  refinance  the  Class  A-2  Notes  on  the  applicable  scheduled  Anticipated
Repayment Dates. The Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are also subject to certain customary events of default, including events relating to non-payment of required
interest, principal, or other amounts due on or with respect to the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, failure to comply with covenants within certain time frames, certain
bankruptcy events, breaches of specified representations and warranties, failure of security interests to be effective, and certain judgments.

In accordance with the Indenture, certain cash accounts have been established with the Trustee for the benefit of the trustee and the noteholders, and are restricted
in their use. The Company holds restricted cash which primarily represents cash collections held by the Trustee, interest, principal, and commitment fee reserves
held by the Trustee related to the Company’s Series 2018-1 Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had restricted cash held by the Trustee of $ 30.7
million.

The proceeds from the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes were used to repay all amounts outstanding on the Term Loan B under the Company’s prior credit facility.
As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  loss  on  early  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $4.6  million  within  interest  expense  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations,
primarily consisting of the write-off of deferred costs related to the prior credit facility.

Share Repurchase Program

On August 3, 2018, our board of directors approved an increase to the total amount of the share repurchase program to $500 million.

On  November  13,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  $300  million  accelerated  share  repurchase  agreement  (the  “ASR  Agreement”)  with  Citibank,  N.A.  (“the
Bank”). Pursuant to the terms of the ASR Agreement, on November 14, 2018, the Company paid the Bank $300 million in cash and received 4,607,410 shares of
the Company’s Class A common stock. At final settlement, the Bank may be required to deliver additional shares to the Company, or, under certain circumstances,
the Company may be required to deliver shares of its Class A common stock or may elect to make a cash payment to the Bank, based generally on the average of
the  daily  volume-weighted  average  prices  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  common  stock  during  the  term  of  the  ASR  Agreement.  The  ASR  Agreement  contains
provisions customary for agreements of this type, including provisions for adjustments to the transaction terms, the circumstances generally under which the ASR
Agreement may be accelerated, extended or terminated early by the Bank

63

and  various  acknowledgments,  representations  and  warranties  made  by  the  parties  to  one  another.  Final  settlement  of  the  ASR  Agreement  is  expected  to  be
completed during the second quarter of 2019, although the settlement may be accelerated at the Bank's option.

Additionally, prior to the ASR Agreement, during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company repurchased and retired 824,312 shares of Class A common
stock for a total cost of $42.1 million.

The  timing  of  the  purchases  and  the  amount  of  stock  repurchased  is  subject  to  the  Company’s  discretion  and  depends  on  market  and  business  conditions,  the
Company’s general working capital needs, stock price, applicable legal requirements and other factors. Our ability to repurchase shares at any particular time is
also subject to the terms of the Indenture governing the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes and the terms of the ASR Agreement. Purchases may be effected through one
or  more  open  market  transactions,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  transactions  structured  through  investment  banking  institutions,  or  a  combination  of  the
foregoing. Planet Fitness is not obligated under the program to acquire any particular amount of stock and can suspend or terminate the program at any time.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2018 . 

(in thousands)

Long-term debt (1)
Interest on long-term debt
Obligations under tax benefit arrangements (2)
Operating leases
Advertising commitments (3)
Purchase obligations (4)

Total
1,197,000  

$

280,019  

429,233  

113,602  

17,848  

18,189  

Payments due during the years ending December 31,

2019

2020-2021

2022-2023

Thereafter

12,000  

53,334  

24,765  

15,911  

16,885  

18,189  

24,000  

105,057  

50,446  

28,673  

963  

—  

568,813  

73,656  

52,457  

23,694  

—  

—  

592,187

47,972

301,565

45,324

—

—

Total Contractual Obligations

$

2,055,891   $

141,084   $

209,139   $

718,620   $

987,048

(1) Long-term debt payments include scheduled principal payments only.
(2) Timing of payments under tax benefit arrangements is estimated.
(3) As of December 31, 2018 , we had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $ 17.8 million, including commitments for the NAF.
(4) Purchase obligations consists of $ 18.2 million for open purchase orders primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees. For the majority of our
equipment purchase obligations, our policy is to require the franchisee to provide us with either a deposit or proof of a committed financing arrangement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As  of  December  31,  2018  ,  our  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  consisted  of  operating  leases  and  certain  guarantees.  In  a  limited  number  of  cases,  we  have
guaranteed  certain  leases  and  debt  agreements  of  entities  previously  related  through  common  ownership.  These  guarantees  relate  to  leases  for  operating  space,
equipment  and  other  operating  costs  of  franchises  operated  by  those  entities.  Our  maximum  total  commitment  under  these  agreements  is  approximately  $  0.7
million and would only require payment upon default by the primary obligor. The estimated fair value of these guarantees at December 31, 2018 was not material,
and no accrual has been recorded for our potential obligation under these arrangements. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Form 10-K for more information regarding these operating leases and guarantees.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements including those that involve difficult, subjective or complex
judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We
believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are those that are most important to the portrayal of our results of operations or involve the most difficult
management decisions related to the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.

64

 
 
 
 
 
Revenue

The below discussions of franchise, equipment and corporate-owned stores revenue recognition policies are the policies that went into effect beginning on January
1, 2018 with the adoption of ASC 606. For periods prior to January 1, 2018 we applied the policies under ASC 605. See Note 2 in Item 8: Financial Statements for
a discussion of the policies in place under ASC 605.

Franchise revenue

Franchise  revenues  consist  primarily  of  royalties,  NAF  contributions,  initial  and  renewal  franchise  fees  and  upfront  fees  from  area  development  agreements
("ADAs"), transfer fees, equipment placement revenue, other fees and commission income. 

The  Company's  primary  performance  obligation  under  the  franchise  license  is  granting  certain  rights  to  use  the  Company's  intellectual  property,  and  all  other
services the Company provides under the ADA and franchise agreement are highly interrelated, not distinct within the contract, and therefore accounted for as a
single performance obligation, which is satisfied by granting certain rights to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.

Royalties, including franchisee contributions to national advertising funds, are generally calculated as a percentage of franchise monthly dues and annual fees over
the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions paid by franchisees must be spent on advertising, marketing and
related activities. Initial and renewal franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon signing a new or successor franchise agreement, and transfer fees are paid to
the Company when one franchisee transfers a franchise agreement to a different franchisee. Our franchise royalties, as well as our NAF contributions, represent
sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the franchise agreement and are recognized as franchise sales occur.

Additionally, under ASC 606, initial and renewal franchise fees, as well as transfer fees, are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the
respective franchise agreement. Under the Previous Standards, initial franchise fees were recognized as revenue when the related franchisees signed a lease and
completed  the  Company's  new  franchisee  training.  Renewal  franchise  fees  and  transfer  fees  were  recognized  as  revenue  upon  execution  of  a  new  franchise
agreement. Our performance obligation under ADAs generally consists of an obligation to grant geographic exclusive area development rights. These development
rights  are  not  distinct  from  franchise  agreements,  so  upfront  fees  paid  by  franchisees  for  exclusive  development  rights  are  deferred  and  apportioned  to  each
franchise agreement signed by the franchisee. The pro-rata amount apportioned to each franchise agreement is accounted for identically to the initial franchise fee.

The Company is generally responsible for assembly and placement of equipment it sells to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue is recognized
upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchise location.

The Company recognizes  commission  income from  certain  of its  franchisees’  use of certain  preferred  vendor arrangements.  Commissions are  recognized  when
amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.

Online member join fees are paid to the Company by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a
franchisee-owned store through the Company’s website. These fees are recognized as revenue as each transaction occurs.

Billing  transaction  fees  are  paid  to  the  Company  by  certain  of  its  franchisees  for  the  processing  of  franchisee  membership  dues  and  annual  fees  through  the
Company’s third-party hosted point-of-sale system and are recognized as revenue as they are earned.

Equipment revenue

The Company sells and delivers equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores.  Revenue is recognized
upon transfer of control of ordered items, generally upon delivery to the customer, which is when the customer obtains physical possession of the goods, legal title
is transferred, the customer has all risks and rewards of ownership and an obligation to pay for the goods is created. Franchisees are charged for all freight costs
incurred  for  the  delivery  of  equipment.  Freight  revenue  is  recorded  within  equipment  revenue  and  freight  costs  are  recorded  within  cost  of  revenue.  In  most
instances,  the  Company  recognizes  equipment  revenue  on  a  gross  basis  as  management  has  determined  the  Company  to  be  the  principal  in  these  transactions.
Management determined the Company to be the principal in the transaction because the Company controls the equipment prior to delivery to the final customer as
evidenced by its pricing discretion over the goods, inventory transfer of title and risk of loss while the inventory is in transit, and having the primary responsibility
to fulfill the customer order and direct the third-party vendor.

65

Corporate-owned stores revenue

The following revenues are generated from stores owned and operated by the Company.

Membership dues are earned and recognized over the membership term on a straight-line basis.

Enrollment fee revenue

Enrollment  fees  are  charged  to  new  members  at  the  commencement  of  their  membership.  The  Company  recognizes  enrollment  fees  ratably  over  the  estimated
duration of the membership life, which is generally two years.

Annual membership fee revenue

Annual membership  fees are annual  fees charged to members  in addition  to and in order to maintain  low monthly  membership  dues. The Company recognizes
annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period.

Retail sales

The Company sells Planet Fitness branded apparel, food, beverages, and other accessories. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.

Leases

We  currently  lease  our  corporate  headquarters  and  all  but  one  of  our  corporate-owned  stores.  At  the  inception  of  each  lease,  we  determine  its  appropriate
classification as an operating or capital lease. The majority of our leases are operating leases. For operating leases that include rent escalations, we record the base
rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and the difference between the base cash rentals paid and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as
deferred rent.

We expend cash for leasehold improvements and to build out and equip our leased premises. We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to
leased premises. Generally, a portion of the leasehold improvements and building costs are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant
to agreed-upon terms in our leases. If obtained, landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against our future
minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof. When contractually due to us, we classify tenant improvement allowances within
property and equipment and deferred rent on the consolidated balance  sheets and depreciate  the tenant improvement allowance  on a straight-line  basis over the
lease term.

Business combinations

We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting which results in the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being recorded at fair
value.

The valuation methodologies used are based on the nature of the asset or liability. The significant assets and liabilities measured at fair value include property and
equipment,  intangible  assets,  deferred  revenue  and  favorable  and  unfavorable  leases.  For  the  2012  Acquisition,  intangible  assets  consisted  of  trade  and  brand
names, member relationships, franchisee relationships related to both our franchise and equipment segments, non-compete agreements, order backlog and favorable
and unfavorable leases. For other acquisitions, which consist of acquisitions of stores from franchisees, intangible assets generally consist of member relationships,
re-acquired franchise rights, and favorable and unfavorable leases.

The  fair  value  of  trade  and  brand  names  is  estimated  using  the  relief  from  royalty  method,  an  income  approach  to  valuation,  which  includes  projecting  future
system-wide sales and other estimates. Membership relationships and franchisee relationships are valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related
to  the  respective  contracts  over  the  remaining  expected  lives.  Our  valuation  includes  assumptions  related  to  the  projected  attrition  and  renewal  rates  on  those
existing franchise and membership arrangements being valued. Re-acquired franchise rights are valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of re-
acquired  franchise  rights  is  determined  using  an  estimation  of  future  royalty  income  and  related  expenses  associated  with  existing  franchise  contracts  at  the
acquisition date. For re-acquired  franchise rights with terms that are either favorable or unfavorable (from our perspective)  to the terms included in our current
franchise  agreements,  a  gain  or  charge  is  recorded  at  the  time  of  the  acquisition  to  the  extent  of  the  favorability  or  unfavorability,  respectively.  Favorable  and
unfavorable operating leases are recorded based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the
lease acquisition date. Deferred revenue is valued based on our estimated costs to fulfill the obligations assumed, plus a normal profit margin. No deferred revenue
amounts are recognized for enrollment fees in our business combinations as there is no remaining obligation.

We  consider our trade and brand name intangible  assets  to have an indefinite  useful  life, and, therefore,  these  assets  are not amortized  but rather  are tested  for
impairment annually as discussed below. Amortization of re-acquired franchise rights and franchisee relationships is recorded over the respective franchise terms
using  the  straight-line  method  which  we  believe  approximates  the  period  during  which  we  expect  to  receive  the  related  benefits.  Member  relationships  are
amortized on an

66

accelerated basis based on expected attrition. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases are amortized into rental expense over the lease term of the respective
leases using the straight-line method.

Impairment of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets

We  assess  potential  impairments  to  our  long-lived  assets,  which  include  property  and  equipment  and  amortizable  intangible  assets,  whenever  events  or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount
of  an  asset  group  to  the  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  group  exceeds  its
estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset.  Store-level  assets  are  grouped  by  store  and  assessed  on  a  store  by  store  basis  for  the  purpose  of  the  impairment  assessment.  There  were  no  impairment
charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 .

Goodwill has been assigned to our reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. Our reporting units are Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment,
which are the same as our reportable segments. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The
fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying
value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based on a combination
of comparative  market  multiples  and discounted cash flow valuation  approaches.  We are also  permitted  to make  a qualitative  assessment  of whether it is more
likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value  prior  to  applying  the  quantitative  assessment.  If  based  on  our  qualitative
assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. In 2018
, the qualitative assessment was utilized to assess goodwill for impairment in each of our reporting units.

We evaluate the remaining useful lives of our trade and brand name intangible assets to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an
indefinite  useful  life.  In  addition,  all  of  our  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  annually.  The  trade  and  brand  name  intangible  asset
impairment  test  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  to  the  carrying  value,  with  any  excess  of  carrying  value  over  fair  value  being  recognized  as  an
impairment loss. We are also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less
than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on our qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of
the asset is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. The qualitative assessment was utilized to assess our indefinite lived intangible
assets for impairment in 2018 .

Currently, we have selected the last day of our year as the date on which to perform our annual impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets.
We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired. No impairment of
goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 .

Equity-based compensation

We have equity-based compensation plans under which we receive services from our employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Company, including
stock options, restricted stock units, and an employee stock purchase plan. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the
grant date. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For
awards with graded vesting, the fair value of each tranche is recognized over its respective vesting period.

Income taxes

Planet Fitness, Inc. is the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income
tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by
Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including Planet Fitness, Inc., on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness,
Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to the Company's allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-
Fit Holdings. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing
tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied in the years in
which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The principal items giving rise to temporary differences are the use of accelerated depreciation
and  certain  basis  differences  resulting  from  acquisitions  and  the  recapitalization  transactions.  Valuation  allowances  are  established  when  necessary  to  reduce
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

67

We recognize the effects of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured
at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in
judgment occurs.

Pla-Fit  Holdings  is  liable  for  certain  state  and  local  taxes  and  is  subject  to  tax  withholding  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  Pursuant  to  the  LLC  Agreement,  Pla-Fit
Holdings makes pro rata tax distributions to the holders of Holdings Units in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations with respect to the
taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Recapitalization
transactions in connection with our IPO—Pla-Fit Holdings amended and restated limited liability company agreement.”

Tax Benefit Arrangements

Our acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or
cash  at  the  option  of  the  Company)  are  expected  to  produce  and  have  produced  favorable  tax  attributes.  In  connection  with  the  IPO,  we  entered  into  two  tax
receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to the TRA Holders 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S.
federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and
that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the
tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors
85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG
Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits.
Under both agreements, we generally retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement described
under  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,  and  Director  Independence—Recapitalization  transactions  in  connection  with  our  IPO—Exchange
agreement,”  to  the  extent  an  exchange  results  in  Pla-Fit  Holdings  incurring  a  current  tax  liability  relating  to  the  New  Hampshire  business  profits  tax,  the  TRA
Holders have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If
and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner
in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire tax law, the Company no longer expects to incur any such liability under the New Hampshire
business profits tax.

Based  on  current  projections,  we  anticipate  having  sufficient  taxable  income  to  utilize  these  tax  attributes  and  receive  corresponding  tax  deductions  in  future
periods. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability of $ 429.2 million, payable to the Direct TSG Investors and the TRA Holders under the tax benefit obligations,
representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on the original basis adjustments we anticipate being able to utilize in future years. Changes in
the projected liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements may occur based on changes in anticipated future taxable income, changes in applicable tax
rates or other changes in tax attributes that may occur and impact the expected future tax benefits to be received by the Company. Changes in the projected liability
under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of future taxable income involves
significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from our estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax benefit arrangements and
our consolidated results of operations.  

We expect to receive additional increases in our share of the tax basis of Pla-Fit Holdings assets when the TRA Holders exchange Holdings Units (together with
the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for Class A common stock. If we acquire Holdings Units from the TRA Holders, we expect both the original
basis  adjustments  and  the  anticipated  basis  adjustments  will  increase,  resulting  in  additional  future  tax  deductions  and  therefore  reducing  the  amount  of  future
income tax we would otherwise be required to pay. These potential future increases in tax basis will result in additional deferred tax assets and additional liabilities
under the tax benefit arrangements, representing approximately 85% of the projected tax savings for the expected use of these tax attributes. Such amounts will be
recorded at the time of these future exchanges based on our projections of taxable income and other factors that may exist at the time of such exchanges.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Interest rate risk

The securitized financing facility includes the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes which are comprised of fixed interest rate notes and the Variable Funding Notes which
allow  for  the  issuance  up  to  $75.0  million  of  Variable  Funding  Notes.  The  issuance  of  the  fixed-rate  Class  A-2  Notes  has  reduced  the  Company's  exposure  to
interest rate increases that could adversely affect its earnings and cash flows. However, the Company is exposed to interest rate increases on borrowings under the
Variable Funding Notes.

68

Foreign exchange risk

We are exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, which is the functional currency of
our Canadian entities. Our sales, costs and expenses of our Canadian subsidiaries, when translated into U.S. dollars, can fluctuate due to exchange rate movement.
As  of  December  31,  2018  ,  a  10%  increase  or  decrease  in  the  exchange  rates  of  the  U.S.  dollar  and  currencies  would  increase  or  decrease  net  income  by  a
negligible amount.

Inflation risk

Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our income from continuing operations, we have a substantial number of hourly employees in
our corporate-owned  stores  that  are  paid wage rates  at or based on the applicable  federal  or state  minimum  wage. Any increases  in these  minimum  wages will
subsequently increase our labor costs. We may or may not be able to offset cost increases in the future.

69

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Planet Fitness, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the
related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  cash  flows  and  changes  in  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three‑year  period  ended
December  31,  2018  ,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  Schedule  II-Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts  (collectively,  the  “consolidated  financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
2018 and 2017 , and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018 , in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2018  ,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2018 the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers
due to the adoption of the new revenue standard.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated  financial  statements  are the responsibility  of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility  is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that
respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2019

/s/ KPMG LLP

70

 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated balance sheets
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of $84 and $32 at 

   December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

Due from related parties

Inventory

Restricted assets – NAF (note 4)

Prepaid expenses

Other receivables

Income tax receivable

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Deferred income taxes

Other assets, net

Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders' deficit

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of long-term debt

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Equipment deposits

Restricted liabilities - NAF (note 4)

Deferred revenue, current

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

Deferred rent, net of current portion

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Deferred tax liabilities

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion

Other liabilities

Total noncurrent liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (note 16)

Stockholders' equity:

Class A common stock, $.0001 par value - 300,000 shares authorized, 83,584 and 87,188 

   shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

Class B common stock, $.0001 par value - 100,000 shares authorized, 9,448 and 11,193 

   shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)

Additional paid in capital

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' deficit attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Non-controlling interests

Total stockholders' deficit

$

$

$

December 31,

December 31,

2018

2017

289,431   $

30,708  

38,960  

—  

5,122  

—  

4,947  

12,548  

6,824  

388,540  

114,367  

234,330  

199,513  

414,841  

1,825  

113,080

—

37,272

3,020

2,692

499

3,929

9,562

6,947

177,001

83,327

235,657

176,981

407,782

11,717

1,353,416   $

1,092,465

12,000   $

30,428  

32,384  

7,908  

—  

23,488  

24,765  

430  

131,403  

1,160,127  

10,083  

26,374  

2,303  

404,468  

1,447  

1,604,802  

9  

1  

94  

19,732  

(394,410)  

(374,574)  

(8,215)  

(382,789)  

7,185

28,648

18,590

6,498

490

19,083

31,062

474

112,030

696,576

6,127

8,440

1,629

400,298

4,302

1,117,372

9

1

(648)

12,118

(130,966)

(119,486)

(17,451)

(136,937)

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

$

1,353,416   $

1,092,465

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue:

Franchise

Commission income

National advertising fund revenue

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Total revenue

Operating costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue

Store operations

Selling, general and administrative

National advertising fund expense

Depreciation and amortization

Other (gain) loss

Total operating costs and expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest income

Interest expense

Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense), net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Net income per share of Class A common stock:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

175,314   $

131,983   $

6,632  

42,194  

138,599  

210,159  

572,898  

162,646  

75,005  

72,446  

42,619  

35,260  

878  

388,854  

184,044  

4,681  

(50,746)  

(6,175)  

(52,240)  

131,804  

28,642  

103,162  

15,141  

18,172  

—  

112,114  

167,673  

429,942  

129,266  

60,657  

60,369  

—  

31,761  

353  

282,406  

147,536  

54  

(35,337)  

316,928  

281,645  

429,181  

373,580  

55,601  

22,455  

$

$

$

88,021   $

33,146   $

1.01   $

1.00   $

0.42   $

0.42   $

87,235  

87,675  

78,910  

78,972  

97,374

19,114

—

104,721

157,032

378,241

122,317

60,121

50,008

—

31,502

(1,369)

262,579

115,662

21

(27,146)

1,371

(25,754)

89,908

18,661

71,247

49,747

21,500

0.50

0.50

43,300

43,305

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
(Amounts in thousands)

Net income including non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net:

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate caps, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net

Total comprehensive income including non-controlling interests

Less: total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

103,162   $

55,601   $

71,247

989  

(200)  

789  

103,951  

15,189  

1,143  

26  

1,169  

56,770  

22,707  

(78)

(72)

(150)

71,097

49,560

21,537

Total comprehensive income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

$

88,762   $

34,063   $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(Amounts in thousands)    

For the Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

103,162

  $

55,601   $

Depreciation and amortization

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Amortization of favorable leases and asset retirement obligations

Amortization and settlement of interest rate caps

Deferred tax expense

Loss (gain) on re-measurement of tax benefit arrangement

Provision for bad debts

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Third party debt refinancing expense

Loss on reacquired franchise rights

Equity-based compensation

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

Due from related parties

Inventory

Other assets and other current assets

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Other liabilities and other current liabilities

Income taxes

Payments pursuant to tax benefit arrangements

Equipment deposits

Deferred revenue

Deferred rent

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Additions to property and equipment

Acquisitions of franchises

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

Repayment of long-term debt

Payment of deferred financing and other debt-related costs

Premiums paid for interest rate caps

Repurchase and retirement of Class A common stock

Repurchase and retirement of Class B common stock

Dividend paid to holders of Class A common stock

Dividend equivalent paid to members of Pla-Fit Holdings

Distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

35,260

3,400

375

1,170

23,933

4,765

19

462

4,570

—  

360

5,479

(1,923)

3,598

(2,430)

5,778

14,506

(2,835)

194

(30,493)

1,410

9,640

3,999

184,399

(40,860)

(45,752)

196

(86,416)

1,200,000

1,209

(47)

(712,469)

(27,133)

—  

(342,383)

—  
—  

(957)

(8,300)

109,920

(844)

207,059

113,080

31,761  
1,935  
334  
1,755  
372,422  
(317,354)  
(19)  
(159)  
79  
1,021  
—  
2,531  

(10,481)  
(604)  
(890)  
(2,981)  
4,210  
(470)  
(3,027)  
(11,446)  
4,328  
1,276  
1,199  
131,021  

(37,722)  
—  
680  
(37,042)  

—  
480  
(22)  
(7,185)  
(1,278)  
(366)  
—  
—  
—  
(1,974)  
(11,358)  
(21,703)  
411  
72,687  
40,393  

71,247

31,502

1,544

392

797

15,606

72

59

(514)

606

3,001

—

1,728

(7,754)

1,897

2,755

(7,944)

7,428

2,747

(5,993)

(6,922)

(3,417)

(652)

632

108,817

(15,377)

—

683

(14,694)

230,000

136

(46)

(5,621)

(5,220)

—

—

(1,583)

(169,282)

(101,729)

(31,838)

(85,183)

23

8,963

31,430

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

Supplemental cash flow information:

Net cash paid for income taxes

Cash paid for interest

Non-cash investing activities:

Non-cash additions to property and equipment

Non-cash financing activities:

Non-cash dividend equivalent payments

$

$

$

$

$

320,139

  $

113,080   $

40,393

5,016

38,624

  $
  $

5,451

  $

—   $

3,722   $
31,418   $

861   $

—   $

7,040

24,302

2,203

3,899

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
(Amounts in thousands)

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)

  Additional 
paid-in 
capital

Accumulated
deficit

Non-controlling
interests

Total equity
(deficit)

Class A
common stock

Class B
common stock

Balance at January 1, 2016

Net income

Equity-based compensation expense
Repurchase and retirement of Class B

common stock

Exchanges of Class B common stock
Tax benefit arrangement liability and

deferred taxes arising from secondary
offerings and other exchanges

Exercise of stock options and vesting of

restricted share units

Dividend paid to holders of Class A common

stock

Dividend equivalents paid or payable
Distributions paid to members of Pla-Fit

Holdings

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at December 31, 2016

Net income

Equity-based compensation expense
Repurchase and retirement of Class B

common stock

Exchanges of Class B common stock
Tax benefit arrangement liability and

deferred taxes arising from secondary
offerings and other exchanges

Exercise of stock options and vesting of

restricted share units

Dividend paid to holders of Class A common

stock

Dividend equivalents paid or payable
Distributions paid to members of Pla-Fit

Holdings

Balance at December 31, 2017

Net income

Equity-based compensation expense

Retirement of Class B common stock

Exchanges of Class B common stock
Repurchase and retirement of Class A

common stock

Tax benefit arrangement liability and

deferred taxes arising from secondary
offerings and other exchanges

Exercise of stock options and vesting of

restricted share units

Forfeiture of dividend equivalents
Distributions paid to members of Pla-Fit

Holdings

Cumulative effect adjustment (Note 10)

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at December 31, 2018

Shares
36,598  
—  
—  

—  
24,705  

—  

11  

—  
—  

—  
—  
61,314   $
—  
—  

—  
25,842  

—  

32  

—  
—  

—  
87,188   $
—  
—  
—  
1,736  

Amount

4  
—  
—  

—  
2  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
6  
—  
—  

—  
3  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
9  
—  
—  
—  
—  

Shares
62,112  
—  
—  

(222)  
(24,705)  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
37,185   $
—  
—  

(150)  
(25,842)  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
11,193   $
—  
—  
(9)  
(1,736)  

(5,431)  

—    

—  

91  
—  

—  
—  
—  
83,584   $

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
9  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
9,448   $

Amount

6
—  
—  

—  

(2)

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

  $

4
—  
—  

—  

(3)

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  

  $

1
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

1

  $

(1,710)

—  
—  

—  

499

352  
—  
1,749  

(441)  
10,976  

—  

21,695  

—  

—  
—  

—  

37

(1,174)

  $

—  
—  

—  

(391)

136  

—  
—  

—  
—  
34,467   $
—  
2,565  

—  
(54,042)  

—  

28,648  

480  

—  
—  

—  
12,118   $
—  
5,482  
—  
(3,067)  

—  

—  
—  

917

(648)

  $

—  
—  
—  

1

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

741

94

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

75

(14,032)  
21,500  
(21)  

(1,142)  
—  

14,300  
49,747  
—  

—  
(11,475)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(169,282)  
(1,085)  

—  
(104,543)  

—  
—  

(164,062)   $
33,146  
(34)  

—  
—  

—  

—  

32  
(48)  

—  

(130,966)   $
88,021  
(3)  
—  
—  

(31,838)  
(187)  
(83,996)   $
22,455  
—  

—  
54,433  

—  

—  

417  
(11,012)  

252  
(17,451)   $
15,141  
—  
—  
3,066  

(1,080)

71,247

1,728

(1,583)

—

21,695

136

(169,282)

(105,628)

(31,838)

(150)

(214,755)

55,601

2,531

—

—

28,648

480

449

(11,060)

1,169

(136,937)

103,162

5,479

—

—

719  

(342,383)  

(719)  

(342,383)

3,271  

1,209  
—  

—  
—  
—  
19,732   $

—  

—  
113  

—  
(9,192)  
—  

(394,410)   $

—  

—  
—  

3,271

1,209

113

(8,300)  
—  
48  
(8,215)   $

(8,300)

(9,192)

789

(382,789)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(1) Business organization

Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a franchisor and operator of fitness centers, with approximately 12.5 million members and 1,742
owned and franchised locations (referred to as stores) in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Panama and Mexico
as of December 31, 2018 .

The Company serves as the reporting entity for its various subsidiaries that operate three distinct lines of business:

•

•

•

Licensing and selling franchises under the Planet Fitness trade name;

Owning and operating fitness centers under the Planet Fitness trade name; and

Selling fitness-related equipment to franchisee-owned stores.

In 2012 investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (“TSG”), purchased interests in Pla-Fit Holdings.

The  Company  was  formed  as  a  Delaware  corporation  on  March  16,  2015  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  an  initial  public  offering  (the  “IPO”)  and  related
transactions  in  order  to  carry  on  the  business  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  LLC  and  its  subsidiaries  (“Pla-Fit  Holdings”).  As  of  August  5,  2015,  in  connection  with  the
recapitalization transactions, the Company became the sole managing member and holder of 100% of the voting power of Pla-Fit Holdings. Pla-Fit Holdings owns
100%  of  Planet  Intermediate,  LLC  which  has  no  operations  but  is  the  100%  owner  of  Planet  Fitness  Holdings,  LLC,  a  franchisor  and  operator  of  fitness
centers. With respect to the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and Planet Intermediate,  LLC, each entity owns nothing other than the respective entity below it in the
corporate structure and each entity has no other material operations.

The Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings,
the  Company  operates  and  controls  all  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  and  through  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  conducts  its  business.  As  a  result,  the
Company consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and reports a non-controlling interest related to the portion of Holdings Units not owned by the Company.

The recapitalization transactions are considered transactions between entities under common control. As a result, the financial statements for periods prior to the
IPO  and  the  recapitalization  transactions  are  the  financial  statements  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings  as  the  predecessor  to  the  Company  for  accounting  and  reporting
purposes.  Unless otherwise specified, “the Company” refers to both Planet Fitness, Inc. and Pla-Fit Holdings throughout the remainder of these notes.

Secondary offerings

In June 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“June Secondary Offering”) of 11,500,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $16.50 per
share. All of the shares sold in the June Secondary Offering were offered by certain Continuing LLC Owners and TSG AIV II-A L.P and TSG PF Co-Investors A
L.P. (“Direct TSG Investors”). The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors
and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The shares sold in the June Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 3,608,840 existing shares of Class A common stock
held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 7,891,160 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by
the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the June Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 7,891,160 shares of Class B
common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the June Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with
the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 7,891,160 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

In September 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“September Secondary Offering”) of 8,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$19.62 per share. All of the shares sold in the September Secondary Offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC Owners.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC Owners
that participating in the September Secondary Offering. The shares sold in the September Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 2,593,981 existing shares of Class A
common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 5,406,019 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the
exchange  right  by  the  Continuing  LLC  Owners  that  participated  in  the  September  Secondary  offering.  Simultaneously,  and  in  connection  with  the  exchange,
5,406,019 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the September Secondary Offering and canceled.
Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 5,406,019 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

In November 2016, the Company completed a secondary offering (“November Secondary Offering”) of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price
of $23.22 per  share.  All  of  the  shares  sold  in  the  November  Secondary  Offering  were  offered  by  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  participating  Continuing  LLC
Owners. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of

76

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC Owners that participating in the September Secondary Offering. The
shares sold in the November Secondary Offering consisted of (i) 4,863,715 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii)
10,136,285 newly-issued  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  the  exchange  right  by  the  Continuing  LLC  Owners  that
participated  in  the  November  Secondary  offering.  Simultaneously,  and  in  connection  with  the  exchange,  10,136,285  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  were
surrendered by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the November Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange,
Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,136,285 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

In March 2017, the Company completed a secondary offering (“March Secondary Offering”) of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $20.44
per share. All of the shares sold in the March Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors. The
Company  did  not  receive  any  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  offered  by  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  the  participating  holders  of
Holdings Units. The shares sold in the March Secondary Offering consisted of (i)  4,790,758 existing  shares  of  Class  A common  stock  held  by the  Direct  TSG
Investors and (ii) 10,209,242 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings
Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,209,242 shares of Class B common stock were
surrendered  by  the  holders  of  Holdings  Units  that  participated  in  the  March  Secondary  Offering  and  canceled.  Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  exchange,
Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,209,242 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

In May 2017, the Company completed a secondary offering (“May Secondary Offering”) of 16,085,510 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of $20.28 per
share. All of the shares sold in the May Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors. The Company
did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of Holdings Units.
The  shares  sold  in  the  May  Secondary  Offering  consisted  of  (i)  5,215,691 existing  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  held  by  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  (ii)
10,869,819 newly-issued  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  the  exchange  right  by  the  holders  of  Holdings  Units  that
participated in the May Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,869,819 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered
by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the May Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 10,869,819 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

In addition to the secondary offering transactions described above, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , certain Continuing LLC Owners have
exercised their exchange rights and exchanged 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 Holdings Units, respectively, for 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 newly-issued shares of Class A
common stock, respectively. Simultaneously, and in connection with these exchanges, 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered
by the Continuing LLC Owners that exercised their exchange rights and canceled during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. Additionally,
in connection with these exchanges, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 Holdings Units during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ,
respectively, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

As of December 31, 2018 , the Company held 100% of the voting interest, and approximately 89.8% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and the
Continuing LLC Owners held the remaining 10.2% economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As future exchanges of Holdings Units occur, the economic interest in
Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. will increase.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Basis of presentation and consolidation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of
America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All significant intercompany balances
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As discussed in Note 1, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings. The Company also consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest,
the  usual  condition  of  which  is  ownership  of  a  majority  voting  interest.  The  Company  also  considers  for  consolidation  certain  interests  where  the  controlling
financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required
to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is considered to possess the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most
significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the rights to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The
principal entities in which the Company possesses a variable interest include franchise entities and certain

77

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

other entities. The Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary for Planet Fitness franchise entities. Therefore, these entities are not consolidated.

The results of the Company have been consolidated with Matthew Michael Realty LLC (“MMR”), PF Melville LLC (“PF Melville”),  and Planet Fitness NAF,
LLC (the “NAF”) based on the determination that the Company is the primary beneficiary with respect to these VIEs. MMR and PF Melville are real estate holding
companies that derive a majority of their financial support from the Company through lease agreements for corporate stores. See Note 3 for further information
related to the Company’s VIEs. The NAF is an advertising fund on behalf of which the Company collects 2% of gross monthly membership fees from franchisees,
in accordance with the provisions of the franchise agreements, and uses the amounts received to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the
Planet Fitness brand. See Note 4 for further information related to the NAF.

(b) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in
the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it
may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the
preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  include  revenue  recognition,  valuation  of  equity-based  compensation  awards,  the  evaluation  of  the
recoverability  of  goodwill  and  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets,  income  taxes,  including  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  reserves  for
unrecognized tax benefits, and the liability for the Company’s tax benefit arrangements.

(c) Concentrations

Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The Company invests its excess cash
in several major financial institutions, which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000 . The Company maintains balances
in excess of these limits, but does not believe that such deposits with its banks are subject to any unusual risk.

The credit risk associated with trade receivables is mitigated due to the large number of customers, generally our franchisees, and their broad dispersion over many
different geographic areas. We do not have any concentrations with respect to our revenues.

The Company purchases equipment, both for corporate-owned stores and for sales to franchisee-owned stores from various equipment vendors. For the year ended
December 31, 2018 purchases from two equipment vendors comprised 76% and 13% , respectively, of total equipment purchases. For the year ended December 31,
2017  purchases  from  one  equipment  vendor  comprised  91%  of  total  equipment  purchases  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  purchases  from  two
equipment vendors comprised 83% and 13% , respectively, of total equipment purchases.

The  Company,  including  the  NAF,  uses  one  primary  vendor  for  advertising  services.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  ,  purchases  from  this  vendor
comprised 65% of total advertising purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2017 purchases from one vendor comprised 63% of total advertising purchases and
for the year ended December 31, 2016 purchases from two vendors comprised 25% and 16% of total advertising purchases, respectively. (see Note 4 for further
discussion of the NAF).

(d) Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash held within the NAF is
recorded as a restricted asset (see Note 4).

In accordance with the Company’s securitized financing facility, certain cash accounts have been established in the name of Citibank, N.A. (the “Trustee”). The
Company holds restricted cash which primarily represents cash collections held by the Trustee, which includes interest, principal, and commitment fee reserves. As
of December 31, 2018 , the Company had restricted cash held by the Trustee of $ 30,708 . Restricted cash has been combined with cash and cash equivalents when
reconciling the beginning and end of period balances in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

(e) Revenue recognition

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

We transitioned to FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606,  Revenue From Contracts with Customers  (“ASC 606”), from ASC Topic 605, 
Revenue Recognition  and ASC Subtopic 952-605,  Franchisors - Revenue Recognition  (together, the “Previous Standards”) on January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective  transition  method.  Our  Financial  Statements  reflect  the  application  of  ASC  606  guidance  beginning  in  2018,  while  our  consolidated  financial
statements for prior periods were prepared

78

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

under the guidance of Previous Standards. The  $9,192 cumulative effect of our transition to ASC 606 is reflected as an adjustment to January 1, 2018 stockholders'
deficit (see Note 10).

Our transition to ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle. ASC 606 eliminates industry-specific guidance and provides a single revenue recognition
model  for  recognizing  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers.  The  core  principle  of  ASC  606  is  that  a  reporting  entity  should  recognize  revenue  to  depict  the
transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the reporting entity expects to be entitled in exchange for
those goods or services.

Revenue Recognition Significant Accounting Policies under ASC 606

The Company's revenues are comprised of franchise revenue, equipment revenue, and corporate-owned stores revenue.

Franchise revenue

Franchise  revenues  consist  primarily  of  royalties,  NAF  contributions,  initial  and  successor  franchise  fees  and  upfront  fees  from  area  development  agreements
("ADAs"), transfer fees, equipment placement revenue, other fees and commission income. 

The  Company's  primary  performance  obligation  under  the  franchise  license  is  granting  certain  rights  to  use  the  Company's  intellectual  property,  and  all  other
services the Company provides under the ADA and franchise agreement are highly interrelated, not distinct within the contract, and therefore accounted for under
ASC 606 as a single performance obligation, which is satisfied by granting certain rights to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.

Royalties, including franchisee contributions to national advertising funds, are calculated as a percentage of franchise monthly dues and annual fees over the term
of  the  franchise  agreement.  Under  our  franchise  agreements,  advertising  contributions  paid  by  franchisees  must  be  spent  on  advertising,  marketing  and  related
activities. Initial and successor franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon signing a new franchise agreement or successor franchise agreement, and transfer
fees  are  paid  to  the  Company  when  one  franchisee  transfers  a  franchise  agreement  to  a  different  franchisee.  Our  franchise  royalties,  as  well  as  our  NAF
contributions, represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the franchise agreement and are recognized as franchise
sales occur.

Additionally, under ASC 606, initial and successor franchise fees, as well as transfer fees, are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the
respective franchise agreement. Under the Previous Standards, initial franchise fees were recognized as revenue when the related franchisees signed a lease and
completed  the  Company's  new  franchisee  training.  Successor  franchise  fees  and  transfer  fees  were  recognized  as  revenue  upon  execution  of  a  new  franchise
agreement. Our ADAs generally consist of an obligation to grant geographic exclusive area development rights. These development rights are not distinct from
franchise agreements, so upfront fees paid by franchisees for exclusive development rights are deferred and apportioned to each franchise agreement signed by the
franchisee. The pro-rata amount apportioned to each franchise agreement is accounted for identically to the initial franchise fee.

The Company is generally responsible for assembly and placement of equipment it sells to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue is recognized
upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchise location.

The Company recognizes  commission  income from  certain  of its  franchisees’  use of certain  preferred  vendor arrangements.  Commissions are  recognized  when
amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.

Online member join fees are paid to the Company by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a
franchisee-owned store through the Company’s website. These fees are recognized as revenue as each transaction occurs.

79

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Billing  transaction  fees  are  paid  to  the  Company  by  certain  of  its  franchisees  for  the  processing  of  franchisee  membership  dues  and  annual  fees  through  the
Company’s third-party hosted point-of-sale system and are recognized as revenue as they are earned.

Equipment revenue

The Company sells and delivers equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores.  Revenue is recognized
upon transfer of control of ordered items, generally upon delivery to the customer, which is when the customer obtains physical possession of the goods, legal title
is transferred, the customer has all risks and rewards of ownership and an obligation to pay for the goods is created. Franchisees are charged for all freight costs
incurred  for  the  delivery  of  equipment.  Freight  revenue  is  recorded  within  equipment  revenue  and  freight  costs  are  recorded  within  cost  of  revenue.  In  most
instances,  the  Company  recognizes  equipment  revenue  on  a  gross  basis  as  management  has  determined  the  Company  to  be  the  principal  in  these  transactions.
Management determined the Company to be the principal in the transaction because the Company controls the equipment prior to delivery to the final customer as
evidenced by its pricing discretion over the goods, inventory transfer of title and risk of loss while the inventory is in transit, and having the primary responsibility
to fulfill the customer order and direct the third-party vendor.

Corporate-owned stores revenue

The following revenues are generated from stores owned and operated by the Company.

Membership dues revenue

Customers are offered multiple membership choices varying in length. Membership dues are earned and recognized over the membership term on a straight-line
basis.

Enrollment fee revenue

Enrollment  fees  are  charged  to  new  members  at  the  commencement  of  their  membership.  The  Company  recognizes  enrollment  fees  ratably  over  the  estimated
duration of the membership life, which is generally two years.

Annual membership fee revenue

Annual membership  fees are annual  fees charged to members  in addition  to and in order to maintain  low monthly  membership  dues. The Company recognizes
annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period.

Retail sales

The Company sells Planet Fitness branded apparel, food, beverages, and other accessories. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.

Sales tax

All revenue amounts are recorded net of applicable sales tax.

Revenue Recognition Significant Accounting Policies under Previous Standards, prior to January 1, 2018 if different than under ASC 606

Franchise revenue

The following revenues are generated as a result of transactions with or related to the Company’s franchisees.

Area development fees

ADA fees collected in advance are deferred until the Company provides substantially all required obligations pursuant to the ADA. As the efforts and total cost
relating to initial services are affected significantly by the number of stores opened in an area, the respective ADA is treated as a divisible contract. As each new
site  is  accepted  under  an  ADA,  a  franchisee  signs  a  franchise  operating  agreement  for  the  respective  franchise  location.  As  each  store  opened  under  an  ADA
typically has performance obligations associated with it, the Company recognizes ADA revenue as each individual franchise location is developed in proportion to
the  total  number  of  stores  to  be  developed  under  the  ADA.  These  obligations  are  typically  completed  once  the  store  is  opened  or  the  franchisee  executes  the
individual property lease. ADAs generally have an initial term equal to the number of years over which the franchisee is required to open franchise stores, which is
typically 5 to 10  years  .  There  is  no  right  of  refund  for  an  executed  ADA.  Upon  default,  as  defined  in  the  agreement,  the  Company  may  reacquire  the  rights
pursuant to an ADA, and all remaining deferred revenue is recognized at that time.

80

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Franchise fees and performance fees

Nonrefundable franchise fees are typically deferred until the franchisee executes a lease and receives initial training for the location, which is the point at which the
Company  has  determined  it  has  provided  all  of  its  material  obligations  required  to  recognize  revenue.  These  amounts  are  included  in  deferred  revenue  on  our
consolidated balance sheets.

The individual franchise agreements typically have a 10 -year initial term, but provide the franchisee with an opportunity to enter into successive renewals subject
to certain conditions.

Transfer fees

The Company’s current franchise agreement provides that upon the transfer of a Planet Fitness store to a different franchisee, the Company is entitled to a transfer
fee in the amount of the greater of $25 , or $10 per store being transferred, if more than one, in addition to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including
external legal and administrative costs incurred in connection with the transfer. Transfer-related fees and expenses are due, payable, and recognized at the time the
transfer is effectuated.

Royalties

Royalties, which represent recurring fees paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly and annual membership billings, are recognized on a
monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. As specified under certain franchise agreements, the Company recognizes additional royalty fees as the
franchisee-owned stores attain contractual monthly membership billing threshold amounts.

Equipment revenue

Equipment revenue is recognized upon the equipment being delivered to and assembled at each store and accepted by the franchisee. Franchisees are charged for
all freight costs incurred for the delivery of equipment. Freight revenue is recorded within equipment revenue and freight costs are recorded within cost of revenue.
The  Company  recognizes  revenue  on  a  gross  basis  in  these  transactions  as  management  has  determined  the  Company  to  be  the  principal  in  these  transactions.
Management  determined  the  Company  to  be  the  principal  because  the  Company  is  the  primary  obligor  in  these  transactions,  the  Company  has  latitude  in
establishing prices for the equipment sales to franchisees, the Company has supplier selection discretion and is involved in determination of product specifications,
and the Company bears all credit risk associated with obligations to the equipment manufacturers.

Equipment  deposits  are  recognized  as a liability  on the accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  until  delivery,  assembly  (if  required),  and acceptance  by the
franchisee.

(f) Deferred revenue

Subsequent to the adoption of ASC 606 franchise deferred revenue results from initial and successor franchise fees and ADA fees paid by franchisees, as well as
transfer fees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying franchise agreement and under the Previous Standard franchise
deferred  revenue  represents  cash  received  from  franchisees  for  ADAs  and  franchise  fees  for  which  revenue  recognition  criteria  has  not  yet  been  met.  Deferred
revenue is also recognized in our corporate-owned stores segment for cash received from members for enrollment fees, membership dues and annual fees for the
portion not yet earned based on the membership period under both ASC 606 and the Previous Standard.

(g) Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of direct costs associated with equipment sales (including freight costs) and the cost of retail merchandise sold in corporate-
owned  stores.  Costs  related  to  retail  merchandise  sales  were  immaterial  in  all  periods  presented.  Rebates  from  equipment  vendors  where  the  Company  has
recognized the related equipment revenue and costs are recorded as a reduction to the cost of revenue.

(h) Store operations

Store operations consists of the direct costs related to operating corporate-owned stores, including our store management and staff, rent expense, utilities, supplies,
maintenance, and local advertising.

(i) Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our existing business as well
as growth and development activities. These costs primarily consist of payroll, IT related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses. These expenses include costs
related to placement services of $5,397 , $4,601 , and $3,970 , for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

81

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(j) Accounts receivable

Accounts  receivable  is  primarily  comprised  of  amounts  owed  to  the  Company  resulting  from  equipment,  placement,  and  commission  revenue.  The  Company
evaluates  its  accounts  receivable  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  may  establish  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  collections  and  current  credit  conditions.
Accounts  are  written  off  as  uncollectible  when  it  is  determined  that  further  collection  efforts  will  be  unsuccessful.  Historically,  the  Company  has  not  had  a
significant amount of write-offs.

(k) Leases and asset retirement obligations

The Company recognizes rent expense related to leased office and operating space on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent
expense and rent paid, if any, as a result of escalation provisions and lease incentives, such as tenant improvements provided by lessors, and is recorded as deferred
rent in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  410,  Asset  Retirement  and  Environmental  Obligations  ,  the  Company  establishes  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  present  value  of
estimated future costs to return certain leased facilities to their original condition. Such assets are depreciated  on a straight-line  basis over the lease period into
operating expense, and the recorded liabilities are accreted to the future value of the estimated restoration costs.

(l) Property and equipment

Property  and  equipment  is  recorded  at  cost  and  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  its  related  estimated  useful  life.  Leasehold  improvements  are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset, whichever is shorter. Upon sale or retirement, the asset cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Ordinary
maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s fixed assets by class of asset are as follows:

Buildings and building improvements

Information technology and systems

Furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Fitness equipment

Vehicles

(m) Advertising expenses

Years
20–40

3-5

5

Useful life or term of lease 
whichever is shorter

5–7

5

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses, net of amounts reimbursed by franchisees, are included within store operations and
selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $12,101 , $9,906 , and $8,270 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. See
Note 4 for discussion of the national advertising fund.

(n) Goodwill, long-lived assets, and other intangible assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets that arise from acquisitions are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other . In accordance
with this guidance, specifically identified intangible assets must be recorded as a separate asset from goodwill if either of the following two criteria is met: (1) the
intangible  asset  acquired  arises  from  contractual  or  other  legal  rights;  or  (2)  the  intangible  asset  is  separable.  Intangibles  are  typically  trade  and  brand  names,
customer relationships, noncompete agreements, reacquired franchise rights, and favorable or unfavorable leases. Transactions are evaluated to determine whether
any gain or loss on reacquired franchise rights, based on their fair value, should be recognized separately from identified intangibles. Goodwill is the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination.

Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized,  but  are  reviewed  annually  for  impairment  or  more  frequently  if  impairment  indicators  arise.
Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on either a straight-line or accelerated basis
as deemed appropriate, and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that the assets may not be recoverable.

The Company performs its annual test for impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets on December 31 of each year. For goodwill, the first step of
the impairment test is to determine whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds

82

 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company would be required to perform a
second step of the impairment test as this is an indication that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired. The second step compares the implied fair value of
the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying
value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The Company is also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than
not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If the Company concludes it is not more
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test.

For indefinite lived intangible assets, the impairment assessment consists of comparing the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. To the extent that
the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset, an impairment is recorded to reduce the carrying value to its fair value. The Company is also permitted to
make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value prior to applying
the quantitative assessment. If based on the Company’s qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the asset is less than its fair
value, then a quantitative assessment is not required.

The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , which requires that long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible
assets,  be  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  If
circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for impairment, then assets are required to be grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for
which there  are  identifiable  cash flows  that  are  largely  independent  of the  cash flows  of other  groups of  assets.  Recoverability  of assets  to be  held and  used is
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset
group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds
the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There were no events or changes
in circumstances that required the Company to test for impairment during any of the periods presented.

(o) Income taxes

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences
attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities  are  measured  using enacted  tax rates  expected  to be applied  in the years  in which temporary  differences  are  expected  to be recovered  or settled.  The
principal  items  giving  rise  to  temporary  differences  are  the  use  of  accelerated  depreciation  and  certain  basis  differences  resulting  from  acquisitions  and  the
recapitalization transactions. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Planet Fitness, Inc. is the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income
tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by
Pla-Fit  Holdings  is  passed  through  to  and  included  in  the  taxable  income  or  loss  of  its  members,  including  Planet  Fitness,  Inc.  following  the  recapitalization
transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable
share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are
measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the
change in judgment occurs (see Note 15).

(p) Tax benefit arrangements

The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s
Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the
Company  entered  into  two  tax  receivable  agreements.  Under  the  first  of  those  agreements,  the  Company  generally  is  required  to  pay  to  certain  existing  and
previous equity owners of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC who are unaffiliated with TSG (the “TRA Holders”) 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and
state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable
sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made
under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct
TSG Investors 85% of the

83

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

amount  of  tax  savings,  if  any,  that  the  Company  is  deemed  to  realize  as  a  result  of  the  tax  attributes  of  the  Holdings  Units  held  in  respect  of  the  Direct  TSG
Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits.
Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement,
to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the TRA Holders
have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If
and  when  the  Company  subsequently  realizes  a  related  tax  benefit,  Pla-Fit  Holdings,  LLC  will  distribute  the  amount  of  any  such  tax  benefit  to  the  relevant
Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire tax law, the Company no longer expects to incur any such liability under
the New Hampshire business profits tax.

Based on current projections, the Company anticipates having sufficient taxable income to utilize these tax attributes and receive corresponding tax deductions in
future  periods.  Accordingly,  as  of  December  31,  2018  the  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  of  $429,233  payable  to  the  TRA  Holders  under  the  tax  benefit
obligations, representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on the original basis adjustments the Company anticipates being able to utilize in
future years. Changes in the projected  liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements  may occur based on changes in anticipated  future taxable income,
changes  in  applicable  tax  rates  or  other  changes  in  tax  attributes  that  may  occur  and  impact  the  expected  future  tax  benefits  to  be  received  by  the  Company.
Changes in the projected liability under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of
future taxable income involves significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax
benefit arrangements and the Company’s consolidated results of operations.  

(q) Fair value

ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  ,  establishes  a  three-level  valuation  hierarchy  for  disclosure  of  fair  value  measurements.  The  valuation
hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy
is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset
or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The table below presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and
December 31, 2017 : 

Interest rate caps

Interest rate caps

Total fair value at
December 31, 2018

Quoted prices
in active markets
markets (Level 1)

Significant
other observable
inputs (Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

—   $

—   $

—   $

Total fair value at
December 31, 2017

Quoted prices
in active markets
markets (Level 1)

Significant
other observable
inputs (Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

340   $

—   $

340   $

$

$

—

—

The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Carrying value

Estimated fair value (1)

Carrying value

Estimated fair value (2)

Long-term debt

  $

1,197,000   $

1,188,985   $

709,470  

$

709,470

(1) The estimated fair value of our long-term debt is estimated primarily based on current bid prices for our long-term debt. Judgment is required to develop these estimates. As such, the fair
value of our long-term debt is classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP.
(2) The carrying value of the Term Loan B debt approximated fair value as of December 31, 2017 as it was variable rate debt.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(r) Financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature
of these instruments.

(s) Derivative instruments and hedging activities

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in
hedging relationships, changes in the fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being
hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged
until the hedged item affects earnings.

The Company only enters into derivative contracts that it intends to designate as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received
or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its
risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the
hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure
ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are
used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and
qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive
income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  derivative
representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. See Note 9 for
further information.

(t) Equity-based compensation

The Company has an equity-based compensation plan under which it receives services from employees and directors as consideration for equity instruments of the
Company. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting
period,  which  is  the  period  over  which  all  of  the  specified  vesting  conditions  are  satisfied.  For  awards  with  graded  vesting,  the  fair  value  of  each  tranche  is
recognized over its respective vesting period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur by reversing compensation cost for unvested awards when the
award is forfeited. See Note 13 for further information.

(u) Guarantees

The  Company,  as  a  guarantor,  is  required  to  recognize,  at  inception  of  the  guaranty,  a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation  undertaken  in  issuing  the
guarantee. See Notes 3 and 16 for further discussion of such obligations guaranteed.

(v) Contingencies

The Company records estimated future losses related to contingencies when such amounts are probable and estimable. The Company includes estimated legal fees
related to such contingencies as part of the accrual for estimated future losses.

(w) Reclassifications

Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

(x) Recent accounting pronouncements

The FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-9, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in September 2014. This guidance requires that an
entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to
be  entitled  in  exchange  for  such  transfer.  This  guidance  also  specifies  accounting  for  certain  costs  incurred  by  an  entity  to  obtain  or  fulfill  a  contract  with  a
customer  and  provides  for  enhancements  to  revenue  specific  disclosures  intended  to  allow  users  of  the  financial  statements  to  clearly  understand  the  nature,
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with its customers. This guidance is effective for annual periods, and
interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. The Company adopted this new guidance in fiscal year 2018
utilizing the modified retrospective method. See above for revenue recognition policies and Note 10.

85

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

In February 2016, the FASB established Topic 842, Leases , by issuing ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , in February 2016. Topic 842 was subsequently amended by
ASU No. 2018-01, Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842; ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases; and ASU
No. 2018-11, Targeted Improvements . This guidance is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and
lease  liabilities  on the balance  sheet and disclosing  key information  about leasing  arrangements.  The new guidance  requires  lessees  to recognize  the assets  and
liabilities on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by leases with lease terms of more than 12 months, amends various other aspects of accounting
for leases by lessees and lessors, and requires enhanced disclosures. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with the classification affecting the pattern
and classification of expense recognition within the income statement.

The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and requires a modified retrospective transition approach with application in all
comparative periods presented (the “comparative method”), or alternatively, as of the effective date as the date of initial application without restating comparative
period financial statements (the “effective date method”). The Company expects to adopt the new standard on January 1, 2019 and use the effective date as our date
of initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated and the disclosures required under the new standard will not be provided for dates
and  periods  before  January  1,  2019.  The  new  guidance  also  provides  several  practical  expedients  and  policies  that  companies  may  elect  upon  transition.  The
Company has elected the package of practical expedients under which we will not reassess the classification of our existing leases, reevaluate whether any expired
or existing contracts are or contain leases or reassess initial direct costs under the new guidance. The Company does not expect to elect the practical expedient
pertaining to land easements, as it is not applicable to its leases. Additionally, the Company elected to use the practical expedient that permits a reassessment of
lease terms for existing leases using hindsight.

The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company currently expects to elect the short-term lease recognition
exemption. This means, for those leases that qualify, we will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease
liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition. We also currently expect to elect the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease
components.

The Company performed an analysis of the impact of the new lease guidance and are in the process of completing the final phase of a comprehensive plan for our
implementation  of  the  new  guidance.  The  project  plan  includes  analyzing  the  impact  of  the  new  guidance  on  our  current  lease  contracts,  reviewing  the
completeness of our existing lease portfolio, comparing our accounting policies under current accounting guidance to the new accounting guidance and identifying
potential  differences  from  applying  the  requirements  of  the  new  guidance  to  our  lease  contracts.  Upon  transition  to  the  new  guidance  on  January  1,  2019,  the
Company currently expects to recognize between $125 million and $135 million of operating lease liabilities. Additionally, the Company expects to record right-
of-use assets in a corresponding amount, net of amounts reclassified from other assets and liabilities, as specified by the new lease guidance.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , in August 2016. This guidance is intended to reduce diversity in
practice  of  the  classification  of  certain  cash  receipts  and  cash  payments.  This  guidance  will  be  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,
including interim periods within that year. The Company has adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2018 on a prospective basis, noting no material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-4,  Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , in January  2017. This guidance eliminates  the requirement  to calculate  the
implied fair value, essentially eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. The new standard requires goodwill impairment to be based upon the results
of step one of the impairment test, which is defined as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit over its fair value. The impairment charge will be limited
to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim
periods within that year. This new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities , in August 2017. The guidance simplifies the application of
hedge accounting in certain situations and amends the hedge accounting model to enable entities to better portray the economics of their risk management activities
in  the  financial  statements.  This  guidance  will  be  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods  within  that  year.  The
Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  Intangibles  -  Goodwill  and  Other  -  Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40):  Customer's  Accounting  for  Implementation
Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  Is  a  Service  Contract  ,  in  August  2018.  The  guidance  helps  align  the  requirements  for  capitalizing
implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service

86

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an
internal-use software license). This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that year, but
allows for early adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

(3) Variable interest entities

The carrying values of VIEs included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

PF Melville

MMR

Total

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

$

$

$

4,787   $

3,563  

8,350   $

—   $

—   $

—   $

4,420   $

3,360  

7,780   $

—

—

—

The Company also has variable interests in certain franchisees through the guarantee of certain lease agreements. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result
of its guarantees of leases, is approximately $732 and $979 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.

The amount of the Company’s maximum obligation represents a loss that the Company could incur from the variability in credit exposure without consideration of
possible  recoveries  through  insurance  or  other  means.  In  addition,  the  amount  bears  no  relation  to  the  ultimate  settlement  anticipated  to  be  incurred  from  the
Company’s involvement with these entities, which is estimated at $0 .  

(4) National advertising fund

On July 26, 2011, the Company established the NAF for the creation and development of marketing, advertising, and related programs and materials for all Planet
Fitness  stores  located  in  the  United  States  and  Puerto  Rico.  On  behalf  of  the  NAF,  the  Company  collects  2%  of  gross  monthly  membership  billings  from
franchisees,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  franchise  agreements,  which  subsequent  to  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  is  reflected  on  January  1,  2018,  is
reflected  as  NAF  revenue  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  (see  Note  2  and  Note  10).  The  Company  also  contributes  2% of  monthly  membership
billings from stores owned by the Company to the NAF, which is reflected in store operations expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The use of
amounts  received  by  the  NAF  is  restricted  to  advertising,  product  development,  public  relations,  merchandising,  and  administrative  expenses  and  programs  to
increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the Planet Fitness brand. The Company consolidates and reports all assets and liabilities held by the
NAF within the consolidated financial statements. Amounts received or receivable by NAF are reported as restricted assets and restricted liabilities within current
assets and current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Beginning in 2018 with the adoption of ASC 606, the Company records all revenues of the NAF
within franchise revenue and all expenses of the NAF within the operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations (see Note 2 and Note 10). The
Company  provides  administrative  services  to  the  NAF  and  charges  the  NAF a  fee  for  providing  those  services.  These  services  include  accounting,  information
technology, data processing, product development, legal and administrative support, and other operating expenses, which amounted $2,472 , $2,150 and $1,700 for
the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, subsequent to the adoption of ASC 606, the fees paid to
the Company by the NAF are reflected as expense in the NAF expense line, and reflected as a corresponding reduction in general and administrative expenses in
the consolidated statements of operations (see Note 2 and Note 10). For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 the fees paid to the Company by the NAF are
included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  as  a  reduction  in  general  and  administrative  expense,  where  the  expense  incurred  by  the  Company  was
initially recorded.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(5) Acquisition

Colorado Acquisition

On  August  10,  2018,  the  Company  purchased  from  one  of  its  franchisees  certain  assets  associated  with  four franchisee-owned  stores  in  Colorado  for  a  cash
payment of $17,249 . As a result of the transaction, the Company incurred a loss on unfavorable reacquired franchise rights of $10 , which has been reflected in
other operating costs in the statement of operations. The loss incurred reduced the net purchase price to $17,239 . The Company financed the purchase through cash
on hand. The acquired stores are included in the Corporate-owned stores segment.

The purchase consideration was allocated as follows:

Fixed assets

Reacquired franchise rights

Customer relationships

Favorable leases, net

Other assets

Goodwill

Liabilities assumed, including deferred revenues

Amount

3,873

4,610

140

80

143

8,476

(83)

17,239

The goodwill created through the purchase is attributable to the assumed future value of the cash flows from the stores acquired. The goodwill is amortizable and
deductible for tax purposes over 15 years.

The acquisition was not material to the results of operations of the Company.

Long Island Acquisition

On January 1, 2018, the Company purchased from one of its franchisees certain assets associated with six franchisee-owned stores in New York for a cash payment
of $28,503 . As a result of the transaction,  the Company incurred a loss on unfavorable  reacquired franchise rights of  $350 , which has been reflected in other
operating costs in the statement of operations. The loss incurred reduced the net purchase price to $28,153 . The Company financed the purchase through cash on
hand. The acquired stores are included in the Corporate-owned stores segment.

The purchase consideration was allocated as follows:

Fixed assets

Reacquired franchise rights

Customer relationships

Favorable leases, net

Reacquired area development rights

Other assets

Goodwill

Liabilities assumed, including deferred revenues

$

$

Amount

4,672

7,640

1,150

520

150

275

14,056

(310)

28,153

The goodwill created through the purchase is attributable to the assumed future value of the cash flows from the stores acquired. The goodwill is amortizable and
deductible for tax purposes over 15 years.

The acquisition was not material to the results of operations of the Company.

(6) Property and equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following: 

88

 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Land

Equipment

Leasehold improvements

Buildings and improvements

Furniture & fixtures

Information technology and systems assets

Other

Construction in progress

Accumulated Depreciation

Total

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

1,341   $

40,895  

76,832  

8,632  

13,827  

17,238  

1,593  

7,095  

167,453  

(53,086)  

114,367   $

$

910

32,403

60,181

5,107

9,790

6,449

1,474

3,241

119,555

(36,228)

83,327

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $19,540 , $13,886 , and $12,131 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

(7) Goodwill and intangible assets

A summary of goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

Customer relationships

Noncompete agreements

Favorable leases

Order backlog

Reacquired franchise rights

Indefinite-lived intangible:

Trade and brand names

Total intangible assets

Goodwill

December 31, 2017
Customer relationships

Noncompete agreements

Favorable leases

Order backlog

Reacquired franchise rights

Indefinite-lived intangible:

Trade and brand names

Total intangible assets

Goodwill

December 31, 2018

Weighted
average
amortization
period (years)
11.0

5.0

8.0

0.4

7.0

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net carrying
Amount

  $

173,063  

(99,439)   $

73,624

14,500  

4,017  

3,400  

21,349  

216,329  

(14,500)  

(2,345)  

(3,400)  

(8,615)  

(128,299)  

—

1,672

—

12,734

88,030

146,300

234,330

199,513

—

963

—

3,113

89,357

146,300

235,657

176,981

N/A

146,300  

—  

  $

  $

362,629   $

(128,299)   $

199,513   $

—   $

Weighted
average
amortization
period (years)
11.1

5.0

7.5

0.4

5.8

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net carrying
Amount

  $

171,782  

(86,501)   $

85,281

14,500  

(14,500)  

2,935  

3,400  

8,950  

(1,972)  

(3,400)  

(5,837)  

201,567  

(112,210)  

N/A

146,300  

—  

  $

  $

347,867   $

(112,210)   $

176,981   $

—   $

A rollforward of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2017 is as follows:

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

As of December 31, 2016

Additions

As of December 31, 2017

Acquisition of franchisee-owned stores

As of December 31, 2018

Franchise

Corporate-owned
stores

Equipment

Total

16,938  

—  

16,938  

—  

16,938  

67,377  

—  

67,377  

22,532  

89,909  

92,666  

—  

92,666  

—  

92,666  

176,981

—

176,981

22,532

199,513

Amortization  expense  related  to  the  intangible  assets  totaled  $16,089  ,  $18,205  ,  and  $19,757  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  ,  2017  and  2016  ,
respectively. Included within these total amortization expense amounts are $369 , $330 , and $386 related to amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases for
the  years  ended  December  31, 2018  , 2017 and 2016 ,  respectively.  Amortization  of  favorable  and  unfavorable  leases  is  recorded  within  store  operations  as  a
component  of  rent  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  anticipated  annual  amortization  expense  to  be  recognized  in  future  years  as  of
December 31, 2018 is as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

(8) Long-term debt

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:  

Class A-2-I notes

Class A-2-II notes

Term loan B, repaid August 2018

Total debt, excluding deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization

Total debt

Current portion of long-term debt and Variable Funding Note

Long-term debt, net of current portion

Amount

16,153

14,302

14,276

14,467

14,316

14,516

88,030

$

$

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

573,563   $

623,437  

—  

1,197,000  

(24,873)  

1,172,127  

12,000  

$

1,160,127   $

—

—

709,470

709,470

(5,709)

703,761

7,185

696,576

On August 1, 2018, Planet Fitness Master Issuer LLC (the “Master Issuer”), a limited-purpose,  bankruptcy remote, wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Pla-Fit
Holdings, LLC, entered into a base indenture and a related supplemental indenture (collectively, the “Indenture”) under which the Master Issuer may issue multiple
series of notes. On the same date, the Master Issuer issued Series 2018-1  4.262%  Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (the “Class A-2-I Notes”) with an
initial principal amount of  $575,000 and Series 2018-1  4.666%  Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (the “Class A-2-II Notes” and, together with the
Class A-2-I Notes, the “Class A-2 Notes”) with an initial principal amount of  $625,000 . In connection with the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes, the Master Issuer
also  entered  into  a  revolving  financing  facility  that  allows  for  the  issuance  of  up  to  $75,000 in  Series  2018-1  Variable  Funding  Senior  Notes,  Class  A-1  (the
“Variable Funding Notes” and together with the Class A-2 Notes, the “Series 2018-1 Senior Notes”), and certain letters of credit, all of which is currently undrawn.
The  Class  A-2  Notes  were  issued  in  a  securitization  transaction  pursuant  to  which  most  of  the  Company’s  domestic  revenue-generating  assets,  consisting
principally of franchise-related agreements, certain corporate-owned store assets, equipment supply agreements and intellectual property and license agreements
for the use of intellectual property, were assigned to the Master Issuer and certain other limited-

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

purpose, bankruptcy remote, wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of the Company that act as guarantors of the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes and that have pledged
substantially all of their assets to secure the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes.

Interest and principal payments on the Class A-2 Notes are payable on a quarterly basis. The requirement to make such quarterly principal payments on the Class
A-2 Notes is subject to certain financial conditions set forth in the Indenture. The legal final maturity date of the Class A-2 Notes is in September 2048, but it is
anticipated that, unless earlier prepaid to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Class A-2-I Notes will be repaid in September 2022 and the Class A-2-II
Notes will be repaid in September 2025 (together, the "Anticipated Repayment Dates"). If the Master Issuer has not repaid or refinanced the Class A-2 Notes prior
to the respective Anticipated Repayment Dates, additional interest will accrue pursuant to the Indenture.

The Variable Funding Notes will accrue interest at a variable interest rate based on (i) the prime rate, (ii) overnight federal funds rates, (iii) the London interbank
offered rate for U.S. Dollars, or (iv) with respect to advances made by conduit investors, the weighted average cost of, or related to, the issuance of commercial
paper allocated to fund or maintain such advances, in each case plus any applicable margin and as specified in the Variable Funding Note agreement. There is a
commitment fee on the unused portion of the Variable Funding Notes of 0.5% based on utilization. It is anticipated that the principal and interest on the Variable
Funding Notes will be repaid in full on or prior to September 2023, subject to two additional one -year extensions. Following the anticipated repayment date (and
any extensions thereof) additional interest will accrue on the Variable Funding Notes equal to 5.0% per year.

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Series  2018-1  Senior  Notes,  the  Company  incurred  debt  issuance  costs  of  $  27,133 .  The  debt  issuance  costs  are  being
amortized to “Interest expense” through the Anticipated Repayment Dates of the Class A-2 Notes utilizing the effective interest rate method.

The  Series  2018-1  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  covenants  and  restrictions  customary  for  transactions  of  this  type,  including  (i)  that  the  Master  Issuer  maintains
specified reserve accounts to be used to make required payments in respect of the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, (ii) provisions relating to optional and mandatory
prepayments  and  the  related  payment  of  specified  amounts,  including  specified  make-whole  payments  in  the  case  of  the  Class  A-2  Notes  under  certain
circumstances, (iii) certain indemnification payments in the event, among other things, the assets pledged as collateral for the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are in
stated ways defective or ineffective, and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to information and similar matters. The Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are
also subject to customary rapid amortization events provided for in the Indenture, including events tied to failure to maintain stated debt service coverage ratios,
certain  manager  termination  events,  an  event  of  default,  and  the  failure  to  repay  or  refinance  the  Class  A-2  Notes  on  the  applicable  scheduled  Anticipated
Repayment Dates. The Series 2018-1 Senior Notes are also subject to certain customary events of default, including events relating to non-payment of required
interest, principal, or other amounts due on or with respect to the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, failure to comply with covenants within certain time frames, certain
bankruptcy events, breaches of specified representations and warranties, failure of security interests to be effective, and certain judgments.

In  accordance  with  the  Indenture,  certain  cash  accounts  have  been  established  with  the  Indenture  trustee  (the  "Trustee")  for  the  benefit  of  the  trustee  and  the
noteholders, and are restricted in their use. The Company holds restricted cash which primarily represents cash collections held by the Trustee, interest, principal,
and commitment fee reserves held by the Trustee related to the Company’s Series 2018-1 Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company had restricted
cash  held  by  the  Trustee  of  $  30,708 .  Restricted  cash  has  been  combined  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents  when  reconciling  the  beginning  and  end  of  period
balances in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The proceeds from the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes were used to repay all amounts outstanding on the Term Loan B under the Company’s prior credit facility.
As a result, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $ 4,570 within interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations, primarily
consisting of the write-off of deferred costs related to the prior credit facility. In connection with the repayment of the Term Loan B, the Company terminated the
related  interest  rate  caps  with  notional  amounts  totaling  $219,837 ,  which  had  been  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge.  See  Note  9  for  more  information  on  the
interest rate caps.

On November 10, 2016, the Company amended its credit facility to increase the Revolving Credit Facility to $75,000 , reduce the interest rate margin for term loan
borrowings by 25 basis points, and increase the Term Loan to $718,450 primarily in order to fund a cash dividend and other equivalent payments totaling $271,011
. In connection with the amendment, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company capitalized and deferred financing costs of $2,219 , recorded expense
of $3,001 related to certain third party fees included in other expense on the consolidated statement of operations, and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $606
included in interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

91

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

On May 26, 2017, the Company amended the credit facility to reduce the applicable interest rate margin for term loan borrowings by 50 basis points, to LIBOR
plus 300 basis points ,  with  an  additional  25 basis  point  reduction  in  applicable  interest  rate  possible  in  the  future  so long  as  the  Total  Net  Leverage  Ratio  (as
defined  in  the  credit  agreement)  is  less  than  3.50  to  1.00.  The  amendment  to  the  credit  agreement  also  reduced  the  interest  rate  margin  for  revolving  loan
borrowings by 25 basis points. In connection with the amendment to the credit agreement, in the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company capitalized deferred
financing costs of $257 , recorded expense of $1,021 related to certain third party fees included in other expense on the consolidated statement of operations, and a
loss on extinguishment of debt of $79 included in interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

Future annual principal payments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:  

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

$

Amount

12,000

12,000

12,000

562,563

6,250

592,187

$

1,197,000

(9) Derivative instruments and hedging activities

Prior to the refinancing transactions described in Note 8, the Company used interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in
interest  rates  on  its  variable-rate  debt  instruments.  The  Company  does  not  enter  into  derivative  instruments  for  any  purpose  other  than  cash  flow  hedging.  The
Company does not speculate using derivative instruments.

In order to manage the market risk arising from the previously outstanding term loans, the Company entered into a series of interest rate caps. As of December 31,
2018 , the Company had no interest rate cap agreements outstanding. In connection with the issuance of the Class A-2 Notes, the Company terminated the interest
rate caps it had entered into in order to hedge one month LIBOR greater than 2.5% through March 31, 2019.

The interest rate cap balances of $0 and $340 were recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
These  amounts  have  been  measured  at  fair  value  and  are  considered  to  be  a  Level  2  fair  value  measurement.  During  the  year  ended  December  31, 2018  , the
Company has reversed all historical unrealized gains and losses associated with its interest rate caps due to the termination or maturity of all previously outstanding
caps. The Company recorded an increase to the value of its interest rate caps of $1,143 net of tax of $280 for the year ended December 31, 2017 , and a reduction to
the value of its interest rate caps of $78 , net of tax of $35 , during the years ended December 31, 2016 , within other comprehensive income (loss).

92

 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(10) Revenue recognition

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

We transitioned to FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606,  Revenue From Contracts with Customers  (“ASC 606”), from ASC Topic 605, 
Revenue Recognition  and ASC Subtopic 952-605,  Franchisors - Revenue Recognition  (together, the “Previous Standards”) on January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective  transition  method.  Our  Financial  Statements  reflect  the  application  of  ASC  606  guidance  beginning  in  2018,  while  our  consolidated  financial
statements for prior periods were prepared under the guidance of Previous Standards. The  $9,192 cumulative effect of our transition to ASC 606 is reflected as an
adjustment to January 1, 2018 stockholders' deficit.

Our transition to ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle. ASC 606 eliminates industry-specific guidance and provides a single revenue recognition
model  for  recognizing  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers.  The  core  principle  of  ASC  606  is  that  a  reporting  entity  should  recognize  revenue  to  depict  the
transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the reporting entity expects to be entitled in exchange for
those goods or services.

Contract Liabilities

Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from initial and successor franchise fees and ADA fees paid by franchisees, as well as transfer fees, which
are generally recognized on a straight-line  basis over the term of the underlying franchise agreement. Also included are corporate-owned store enrollment fees,
annual fees and monthly fees. We classify these contract liabilities as deferred revenue in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table reflects
the change in contract liabilities between the date of adoption (January 1, 2018) and  December 31, 2018 ,

Balance at January 1, 2018

Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of the year

Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period

Balance at December 31, 2018

Contract liabilities

$

$

40,000

(20,439)

30,301

49,862

The  following  table  illustrates  estimated  revenues  expected  to  be  recognized  in  the  future  related  to  performance  obligations  that  are  unsatisfied  (or  partially
unsatisfied)  as  of    December  31,  2018  .  The  Company  has  elected  to  exclude  short  term  contracts,  sales  and  usage  based  royalties  and  any  other  variable
consideration recognized on an "as invoiced" basis.

Contract liabilities to be recognized in:

Amount

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

  $

  $

23,606

2,797

2,432

2,345

2,261

16,421

49,862

The summary set forth below represents the balances in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 :

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Prepaid membership fees

Enrollment fees

Equipment discount

Annual membership fees

Area development and franchise fees

Total deferred revenue

Long-term portion of deferred revenue

Current portion of deferred revenue

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

6,085   $

1,104  

3,855  

10,142  

28,676  

49,862  

26,374  

23,488   $

5,198

1,014

2,567

8,113

10,631

27,523

8,440

19,083

Equipment deposits received in advance of delivery as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $7,908 and $6,498 , respectively and are expected to be recognized as
revenue in the next twelve months.

Financial Statement Impact of Transition to ASC 606

As noted above, we transitioned to ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2018. The cumulative effect of this transition to applicable
contracts  with  customers  that  were  not  completed  as  of  January  1,  2018  was  recorded  as  an  adjustment  to  stockholders'  deficit  as  of  that  date.  As  a  result  of
applying the modified retrospective method to transition to ASC 606, the following adjustments were made to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018:

94

 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

$

$

$

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Due from related parties

Inventory

Restricted assets – national advertising fund

Prepaid expenses

Other receivables

Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Deferred income taxes

Other assets, net

Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of long-term debt

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Equipment deposits

Restricted liabilities – national advertising fund

Deferred revenue, current

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

Deferred rent, net of current portion

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Deferred tax liabilities

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion

Other liabilities

Total noncurrent liabilities

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

Class A common stock

Class B common stock

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Additional paid in capital

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' deficit attributable to Planet Fitness Inc.

Non-controlling interests

Total stockholders' deficit

As Reported December
31,

2017

Total adjustments

Adjusted January 1,

2018

113,080  

$

37,272  

3,020  

2,692  

499  

3,929  

9,562  

6,947  

177,001  

83,327  

235,657  

176,981  

407,782  

11,717  

—  

$

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

3,285  

—  

113,080

37,272

3,020

2,692

499

3,929

9,562

6,947

177,001

83,327

235,657

176,981

411,067

11,717

1,092,465  

$

3,285  

$

1,095,750

7,185  

$

—  

$

28,648  

18,590  

6,498  

490  

19,083  

31,062  

474  

112,030  

696,576  

6,127  

8,440  

1,629  

400,298  

4,302  

1,117,372  

9  

1  

(648)  

12,118  

(130,966)  

(119,486)  

(17,451)  

(136,937)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(764)

—  

—  

(764)

—  

—  

13,241  

—  

—  

—  

7,185

28,648

18,590

6,498

490

18,319

31,062

474

111,266

696,576

6,127

21,681

1,629

400,298

4,302

13,241  

1,130,613

—  

—  

—  

—  

(9,192)

(9,192)

—  

(9,192)

9

1

(648)

12,118

(140,158)

(128,678)

(17,451)

(146,129)

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

$

1,092,465  

$

3,285  

$

1,095,750

Franchise Fees

The cumulative adjustment for franchise fees, including ADA fees, successor fees and transfer fees which will all be recognized over the franchise contract term

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consist of the following:

95

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

•

•

An increase in deferred revenue, net of $ 12,477 for the cumulative reversal and deferral of previously recognized fees related to franchise agreements in
effect at January 1, 2018 that were entered into subsequent to the acquisition of Pla-Fit Holdings on November 8, 2012 by TSG Consumer Partners, LLC
(the  “2012  Acquisition”)  (net  of  the  cumulative  revenue  attributable  for  the  period  through  January  1,  2018),  with  a  corresponding  decrease  to
Shareholders’ equity.

An increase to deferred income taxes, net of $ 3,285  for the tax effects of the adjustment noted above, with a corresponding increase to stockholders'
equity.

Comparison to Amounts if Previous Standards Had Been in Effect

The following tables reflect the impact of adoption of ASC 606 on our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows
from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 and our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and the amounts as if the
Previous Standards were in effect (“Amounts Under Previous Standards”):

Revenue:

Franchise

Commission income

National advertising fund revenue

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Total revenue

Operating costs and expenses:

Cost of revenue

Store operations

Selling, general and administrative

National advertising fund expense

Depreciation and amortization

Other loss (gain)

Total operating costs and expenses

Income from operations

Other expense, net:

Interest income

Interest expense

Other (expense) income

Total other expense, net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Net income per share of Class A common stock:

Basic

Diluted

As reported for the
year ended

December 31, 2018   Total adjustments

Amounts under
Previous Standards

$

175,314   $

5,666   $

180,980

6,632  

42,194  

138,599  

210,159  

572,898  

162,646  

75,005  

72,446  

42,619  

35,260  

878  

388,854  

184,044  

4,681  

(50,746)  

(6,175)  

(52,240)  

131,804  

28,642  

103,162  

15,141  

—  

(42,194)  

—  

—  

(36,528)  

—  

—  

—  

(42,619)  

—  

—  

(42,619)  

6,091  

—  

—  

—  

—  

6,091  

1,437  

4,654  

642  

$

$

$

88,021   $

4,012   $

1.01    

1.00    

  $

  $

96

6,632

—

138,599

210,159

536,370

162,646

75,005

72,446

—

35,260

878

346,235

190,135

4,681

(50,746)

(6,175)

(52,240)

137,895

30,079

107,816

15,783

92,033

1.06

1.05

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Amortization of favorable leases and asset retirement obligations

Amortization of interest rate caps

Deferred tax expense

Loss (gain) on re-measurement of tax benefit arrangement

Provision for bad debts

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Third party debt refinancing expense

Loss on reacquired franchise rights

Equity-based compensation

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

Due from related parties

Inventory

Other assets and other current assets

National advertising fund

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Other liabilities and other current liabilities

Income taxes

Payments pursuant to tax benefit arrangements

Equipment deposits

Deferred revenue

Deferred rent

As reported
December 31, 2018

Total adjustments

Amounts under
Previous Standards

$

103,162   $

4,654   $

107,816

35,260  

3,400  

375  

1,170  

23,933  

4,765  

19  

462  

4,570  

—  

360  

5,479  

—    

(1,923)  

3,598  

(2,430)  

5,778  

—  

14,506  

(2,835)  

194  

(30,493)  

1,410  

9,640   $

3,999  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(425)  

—  

—  

1,437  

—  

—  

(5,666)  

—  

—   $

35,260

3,400

375

1,170

23,933

4,765

19

462

4,570

—

360

5,479

—

(1,923)

3,598

(2,430)

5,778

(425)

14,506

(2,835)

1,631

(30,493)

1,410

3,974

3,999

184,399

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

184,399   $

97

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Accounts receivable, net

Due from related parties

Inventory

Restricted assets – national advertising fund

Prepaid expenses

Other receivables

Income tax receivable

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Deferred income taxes

Other assets, net

Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of long-term debt

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Equipment deposits

Restricted liabilities – national advertising fund

Deferred revenue, current

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

Deferred rent, net of current portion

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Deferred tax liabilities

Payable pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion

Other liabilities

Total noncurrent liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (note 16)

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

Class A common stock

Class B common stock

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Additional paid in capital

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' deficit attributable to Planet Fitness Inc.

Non-controlling interests

Total stockholders' deficit

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

As reported December
31, 2018

Total adjustments

Amounts under
Previous Standards

$

289,431   $

—   $

30,708  

38,960  

—  

5,122  

—  

4,947  

12,548  

6,824  

388,540  

114,367  

234,330  

199,513  

414,841  

1,825  

—  

—  

—  

—  

425  

—  

—  

(1,437)  

(1,012)  

—  

—  

—  

(3,285)  

—  

289,431

30,708

38,960

—

5,122

425

4,947

12,548

5,387

387,528

114,367

234,330

199,513

411,556

1,825

$

$

1,353,416   $

(4,297)   $

1,349,119

12,000   $

—   $

30,428  

32,384  

7,908  

—  

23,488  

24,765  

430  

131,403  

1,160,127  

10,083  

26,374  

2,303  

404,468  

1,447  

—  

—  

—  

—  

118  

—  

—  

118  

—  

—  

(18,448)  

—  

—  

—  

12,000

30,428

32,384

7,908

—

23,606

24,765

430

131,521

1,160,127

10,083

7,926

2,303

404,468

1,447

1,604,802  

(18,448)  

1,586,354

9  

1  

94  

19,732  

(394,410)  

(374,574)  

(8,215)  

(382,789)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

13,391  

13,391  

642  

14,033  

9

1

94

19,732

(381,019)

(361,183)

(7,573)

(368,756)

$

1,353,416   $

(4,297)   $

1,349,119

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
98

(11) Related party transactions

Amounts due from related parties of $0 and $3,020 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, primarily relate to currently due or potential reimbursements
for certain taxes accrued or paid by the Company (see note 15).

Activity with franchisees considered to be related parties is summarized below.  

Franchise revenue

Equipment revenue

Total revenue from related parties

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

3,179   $

3,977  

7,156   $

2,130   $

3,464  

5,594   $

1,760

1,338

3,098

Additionally, the Company had deferred ADA revenue from related parties of $779 and $389 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.

The Company entered into a consulting agreement that terminated on December 31, 2018 with a shareholder and former executive officer of the Company.

The Company paid rent and lease termination costs for its former headquarters to MMC Fox Run, LLC, which was owned by Chris Rondeau, our CEO, and Marc
Grondahl, a shareholder and former executive officer and former member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $0 , $898 , and $406 , for the years ended
December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the Company had $59,458 and $44,794 , respectively, payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, see
Note 15.

A  member  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors,  who  is  also  a  franchisee,  holds  an  approximate  10.5%  ownership  of  a  company  that  sells  amenity  tracking
compliance  software  to  Planet  Fitness  stores.  As  of  December  31, 2018  ,  the  software  was  being  utilized  at  35 corporate-owned  stores and approximately  400
franchise stores.

(12) Stockholder’s equity

Pursuant to the exchange agreement between the Company and the Continuing LLC Owners, the Continuing LLC Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof)
have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of
shares  of  Class  B  common  stock,  for  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  (or  cash  at  the  option  of  the  Company)  on  a  one -for-one  basis,  subject  to  customary
conversion  rate  adjustments  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  reclassifications  and  similar  transactions.  In  connection  with  any  exchange  of  Holdings  Units  for
shares of Class A common stock by a Continuing LLC Owner, the number of Holdings Units held by the Company is correspondingly increased as it acquires the
exchanged Holdings Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock are canceled.

June 2016 Secondary Offering

As described in Note 1, on June 28, 2016 the Company completed the June Secondary Offering of 11,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of
$16.50 per share. All of the shares sold in the offering were offered by Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The Company did not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners. The
shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 3,608,840 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 7,891,160 newly-issued
shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  the  exchange  right  by  the  Continuing  LLC  Owners  that  participated  in  the  June
Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 7,891,160 shares of Class B common stock were surrendered by the Continuing LLC
Owners  that  participated  in  the  June  Secondary  Offering  and  canceled.  Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  exchange,  Planet  Fitness,  Inc.  received  7,891,160
Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

September 2016 Secondary Offering

As described in Note 1, on September 28, 2016, the Company completed the September Secondary Offering of 8,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a
price of 19.62 per share. All of the shares sold in the offering were offered by the Direct TSG Investors and participating Continuing LLC Owners. The Company
did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC Owners.
The shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 2,593,981 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 5,406,019 newly-

99

 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

issued  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  the  exchange  right  by  the  Continuing  LLC  Owners  that  participated  in  the
September  Secondary  Offering.  Simultaneously,  and  in  connection  with  the  exchange,  5,406,019  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  were  surrendered  by  the
Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the September Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 5,406,019 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

November 2016 Secondary Offering

As described in Note 1, on November 22, 2016, the Company completed the November Secondary Offering of 15,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at
a  price  of  $23.22 per  share.  All  of  the  shares  sold  in  the  offering  were  offered  by  the  Direct  TSG  Investors  and  participating  Continuing  LLC  Owners.  The
Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating Continuing LLC
Owners. The shares sold in the offering consisted of (i) 4,863,715 existing shares of Class A common stock held by the Direct TSG Investors and (ii) 10,136,285
newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the
November  Secondary  Offering.  Simultaneously,  and  in  connection  with  the  exchange,  10,136,285  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  were  surrendered  by  the
Continuing LLC Owners that participated in the November Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet Fitness, Inc.
received 10,136,285 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

March 2017 Secondary Offering

As described in Note 1, on March 14, 2017, the Company completed the March Secondary Offering of 15,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$20.44 per share. All of the shares sold in the March Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of
Holdings Units. The shares sold in the March Secondary Offering consisted of (i)  4,790,758 existing  shares  of  Class  A common  stock  held  by the  Direct  TSG
Investors and (ii) 10,209,242 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings
Units that participated in the March Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,209,242 shares of Class B common stock were
surrendered  by  the  holders  of  Holdings  Units  that  participated  in  the  March  Secondary  Offering  and  canceled.  Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  exchange,
Planet Fitness, Inc. received 10,209,242 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

May 2017 Secondary Offering

As described in Note 1, on May 10, 2017, the Company completed the May Secondary Offering of 16,085,510 shares of its Class A common stock at a price of
$20.28 per share. All of the shares sold in the May Secondary Offering were offered by certain existing holders of Holdings Units and the Direct TSG Investors.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the Direct TSG Investors and the participating holders of
Holdings  Units.  The  shares  sold  in  the  May  Secondary  Offering  consisted  of  (i)  5,215,691 existing  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  held  by  the  Direct  TSG
Investors and (ii) 10,869,819 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with the exercise of the exchange right by the holders of Holdings
Units that participated in the May Secondary Offering. Simultaneously, and in connection with the exchange, 10,869,819 shares of Class B common stock were
surrendered by the holders of Holdings Units that participated in the May Secondary Offering and canceled. Additionally, in connection with the exchange, Planet
Fitness, Inc. received 10,869,819 Holdings Units, increasing its total ownership interest in Pla-Fit Holdings.

Other Exchanges

In addition to the secondary offerings mentioned above, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, certain Continuing LLC Owners have
exercised their exchange right and exchanged 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 Holdings Units for 1,736,020 4,762,943 newly-issued shares of Class A common stock.
Simultaneously,  and  in  connection  with  these  exchanges,  1,736,020 and 4,762,943 shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  were  surrendered  by  the  Continuing  LLC
Owners that exercised their exchange right and canceled in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. Additionally, in connection with these
exchanges, Planet Fitness, Inc. received 1,736,020 and 4,762,943 Holdings Units, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively, increasing its
total  ownership  in  Pla-Fit  Holdings.  Future  exchanges  of  Holdings  Units  by  the  Continuing  LLC  Owners  will  result  in  a  change  in  ownership  and  reduce  the
amount recorded as non-controlling interest and increase additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheets.

As a result of the recapitalization transactions, the IPO, completion of our secondary offerings, and other exchanges and equity activity, as of December 31, 2018 :

100

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

•

•

the public investors collectively owned 83,583,860 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 89.8% of the voting power in the Company and, through
the Company, 89.8% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings; and

the Continuing LLC Owners collectively hold 9,447,730 Holdings Units, representing 10.2% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and 9,447,730 shares
of our Class B common stock, representing 10.2% of the voting power in the Company;

Share repurchase program

On August 3, 2018, our board of directors approved an increase to the total amount of the previously approved share repurchase program to $ 500,000 .

On November 13, 2018, the Company entered into a $ 300,000 accelerated share repurchase agreement (the “ASR Agreement”) with Citibank, N.A. (“the Bank”).
Pursuant to the terms of the ASR Agreement, on November 14, 2018, the Company paid the Bank $ 300,000 upfront in cash and received 4,607,410 shares of the
Company’s Class A common stock, which were retired, and the Company elected to record as a reduction to retained earnings of $240,000 . The final number of
shares  to be repurchased  will  be determined  based on the volume-weighted  average  stock price  of our common  stock during the term  of the transaction,  less a
discount  and  subject  to  adjustments  pursuant  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  ASR  Agreement,  and  will  also  be  retired  upon  delivery  to  us  .  This  has  been
evaluated  as  an  unsettled  forward  contract  indexed  to  our  own  stock,  with    $60,000 classified  as  a  reduction  to  retained  earnings.  Final  settlement  of  the  ASR
Agreement is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2019, although the settlement may be accelerated at the Bank's option. At final settlement, the
Bank may be required to deliver additional shares to the Company, or, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to deliver shares of its Class A
common  stock  or  may  elect  to  make  a  cash  payment  to  the  Bank.  The  ASR  Agreement  contains  provisions  customary  for  agreements  of  this  type,  including
provisions for adjustments to the transaction terms, the circumstances generally under which the ASR Agreement may be accelerated, extended or terminated early
by the Bank and various acknowledgments, representations and warranties made by the parties to one another.

Additionally,  prior to the ASR Agreement,  during the year ended December  31, 2018, the Company repurchased  at market value and retired  824,312 shares of
Class A common stock for a total cost of $ 42,090 .

The  timing  of  the  purchases  and  the  amount  of  stock  repurchased  is  subject  to  the  Company’s  discretion  and  depends  on  market  and  business  conditions,  the
Company’s general working capital needs, stock price, applicable legal requirements and other factors. Our ability to repurchase shares at any particular time is
also subject to the terms of the indenture  governing the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes. Purchases may be effected  through one or more open market  transactions,
privately negotiated transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a combination of the foregoing. Planet Fitness is not obligated
under the program to acquire any particular amount of stock and can suspend or terminate the program at any time.

Dividends

The Company did not declare or pay any dividends during the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2017. Dividends declared and paid to holders of the Company’s
Class A common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016 were $169,282 , or $2.78 per share of Class A common stock. The dividend was declared on
November 10, 2016 and paid on December 5, 2016 to Class A common stock holders of record as of November 22, 2016 . The Company also paid cash dividend
equivalents of $101,729 , or $2.78 per share, to holders of Holdings Units on December 5, 2016 and accrued $3,899 of dividend equivalents for future payment to
holders of unvested share awards to be paid upon vesting of the related awards.

(13) Equity-based compensation

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

In 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”). Under the 2013 Plan, the Company granted awards in the
form  of  Class  M  Units  to  certain  employees  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  The  Class  M  Units  received  distributions  (other  than  tax
distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeded a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board
of Directors, at the grant date. Eighty percent of the awards vest over five years of continuous employment or service while the other twenty percent only vest in
the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or that of its parent or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the holder of the Class M Units
remaining employed or providing services on the date of such initial public offering. All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the
vested portion upon termination of employment or service, and have a ten year contractual term. These awards are accounted for as equity at their fair value as of
the grant date. In connection with the IPO and related recapitalization transactions, all of the outstanding Class M Units were converted into Holdings Units and
shares of Class B common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. in accordance with the terms of the awards. The Company’s IPO constituted a qualifying event under the
terms of the awards and as a result 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B

101

Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

common stock were issued to the existing Class M Unit holders with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.52 per share. The Company recorded $ 21 , $
152 and $ 784 of compensation expense in the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, related to these awards.

The fair value of each award was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company modified the vesting terms of 22,527 outstanding Holdings Units such that those units were fully vested
immediately. In connection with the modification, the Company recorded $337 of compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2016.

A summary of unvested Holdings Unit activity is presented below:

Holdings Units

Weighted average grant date
fair value

Weighted average
remaining contractual
term (years)

  Aggregate intrinsic value

Unvested outstanding at January 1, 2018

Units granted

Units forfeited

Units vested

270,221   $

—  

(8,990)   $

(247,746)   $

1.52    

—    

1.52    

1.52    

Unvested outstanding at December 31, 2018

13,485   $
The amount of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all awards under this plan was $3 as of December 31, 2018 , which is expected to be recognized
over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years .

1.52  

0.9   $

723

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Stock Options

In August 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan") under which the Company may grant options and other equity-based
awards to purchase up to 7,896,800 shares to employees, directors and officers. Generally, stock options awarded vest annually, on a tranche by tranche basis, over
a period of four years with a maximum contractual term of 10 years .

The fair value of stock option awards granted were determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:

Expected term (years) (1)

Expected volatility (2)

Risk-free interest rate (3)

Dividend yield (4)

Year ended December 31,

2018

6.25 -6.5

29.1% - 29.3%

2.61% - 2.88%

2017

6.25

28.6% - 32.9%

1.86% - 2.10%

—%  

—%

(1) Expected term represents the estimated period of time until an award is exercised and was determined using the simplified method.
(2) Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a selected peer group over a period equivalent to the expected term.
(3) The risk-free rate is an interpolation of yields on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equivalent to the expected term.
(4) Based on an assumed a dividend yield of zero at the time of grant.

102

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2018 : 

Stock Options

Weighted average
exercise price

Weighted average
remaining contractual
term (years)

Aggregate intrinsic
value

Outstanding at January 1, 2018

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2018

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

918,206   $

224,141   $

(67,349)   $

(60,793)   $

1,014,205   $

1,014,205   $

256,970   $

19.59    

38.83    

18.04    

25.02    

23.62  

23.62  

19.04  

8.0   $

8.0   $

7.3   $

30,427

30,427

8,887

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $13.49 . During the years ended December 31,
2018 and 2017 , $3,316 and $2,195 , respectively, was recorded to selling, general and administrative expense related to these stock options. As of December 31,
2018 , total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options, was $3,228 , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period
of 2.0 years .

Restricted stock units
During the year ended December 31, 2018 , the Company granted 94,177 restricted Class A stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2015 Plan. RSUs granted to members
of the Board of Directors vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that the recipient continues to serve on the Board of Directors through the vesting
dates. RSUs are also granted to certain employees of the Company and generally vest annually, on a tranche by tranche basis, over a period of four years . RSU
awards are valued using the intrinsic value method.  

Restricted stock units  

Weighted average
fair value

Weighted average
remaining contractual
term (years)

  Aggregate intrinsic value

Unvested outstanding at January 1, 2018

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Unvested outstanding at December 31, 2018

16,218   $

94,177   $

(24,053)   $

(4,546)   $

81,796   $

23.26    

39.71    

28.85    

36.42    

39.82  

2.1   $

4,386

The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $39.71 . During the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017 , $1,637 and $184 , respectively, was recorded to selling, general and administrative  expense related to these RSUs. As of December 31, 2018 , total
unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $2,155 , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years .

Employee stock purchase plan
The 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), as adopted by the Board of Directors in March 2018, allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the
Company’s Class A common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to  10%  of their eligible compensation, subject to any plan limitations. The
ESPP provides for  six -month offering periods, and at the end of each offering period, employees are able to purchase shares at  85%  of the lower of the fair
market value of the Company’s Class A common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period. As of  December 31,
2018 , a total of  1,000,000  shares of common stock were authorized and available for the issuance of equity awards under the ESPP. The first purchase of Class A
common stock under the plan will occur in January, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2018, $ 129 was recorded to expense related to the ESPP.

(14) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2018 ,
2017 , and 2016 , by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the same periods. Diluted earnings per share of Class A
common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to

103

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Planet Fitness, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities.

Shares  of  the  Company’s  Class  B  common  stock  do  not  share  in  the  earnings  or  losses  attributable  to  Planet  Fitness,  Inc.  and  are  therefore  not  participating
securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B common stock under the two-class method has not been presented.
Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock are, however, considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock because shares of Class B common
stock, together with the related Holdings Units, are exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

The following table sets forth reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock:

Basic net income per share:

Numerator

Net income

Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. - basic & diluted

Denominator

Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding - basic

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options

Restricted stock units

Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding - diluted

Earnings per share of Class A common stock - basic

Earnings per share of Class A common stock - diluted

Year Ended
December 31, 2018  

Year Ended
December 31, 2017  

Year Ended
December 31, 2016

$

$

$

$

103,162   $

15,141  

88,021   $

55,601   $

22,455  

33,146   $

71,247

49,747

21,500

87,235,021  

78,910,390  

43,300,288

417,264  

22,618  

56,198  

4,962  

1,489

2,908

87,674,903  

78,971,550  

43,304,685

1.01   $

1.00   $

0.42   $

0.42   $

0.50

0.50

Weighted  average  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  of  10,275,077  ,  19,483,737  and  55,305,992  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  ,  2017  and  2016  ,
respectively, were evaluated under the if-converted method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive. Weighted-average stock options
outstanding of 143,006 , 489,133 and 208,452 for the years ended December  31, 2018  , 2017 and 2016 , respectively,  were evaluated  under  the treasury  stock
method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive. Weighted average restricted stock units outstanding of 131 , 1,829 and 0 , for the year
ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, were evaluated under the treasury stock method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be
anti-dilutive.

(15) Income taxes

Income before the provision for income taxes as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

Domestic

Foreign

Total income before the provision for income taxes

104

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

128,861   $

426,873   $

2,943  

131,804  

2,308  

429,181  

88,016

1,892

89,908

 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current tax expense

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred tax expense

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

178   $

(2,600)   $

3,586  

945  

4,709  

22,757  

946  

230  

23,933  

28,642   $

2,941  

817  

1,158  

365,470  

6,857  

95  

372,422  

373,580   $

$

1,206

1,428

421

3,055

11,633

3,755

218

15,606

18,661

The Company is the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax
purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit
Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including the Company, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject
to  U.S.  federal  income  taxes,  in  addition  to  state  and  local  income  taxes  with  respect  to  our  allocable  share  of  any  taxable  income  of  Pla-Fit  Holdings.  The
Company is also subject to taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions.

On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was enacted, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes included, but were not limited to, a
corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a modified
territorial  system,  and  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  the  mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  cumulative  foreign  earnings  as  of  December  31,  2017.  The  Company
recognized $334,619 of income tax expense in our income tax provision in the fourth quarter of 2017 as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act, of which
$334,022 related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, and $597 related to mandatory repatriation. The 2017 Tax Act also caused a
remeasurement of our tax benefit arrangements, as discussed in more detail below. During 2018, the Company filed all of its 2017 U.S. federal and state returns
and the provisional net tax expense was finalized. There was no material change in the provisional amount recorded in 2017 in accordance with Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 118.

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

U.S. statutory tax rate

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

State rate change impact on deferred taxes

Federal rate change impact on deferred taxes

Tax benefit arrangement liability adjustment

Foreign tax rate differential

Withholding taxes and other

Reserve for uncertain tax position

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

Effective tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

21.0 %  

5.9 %  

(3.4)%  

— %  

0.8 %  

0.2 %  

(0.3)%  

(0.2)%  

(2.3)%  

21.7 %  

35.0 %  

1.0 %  

0.8 %  

77.8 %  

(25.8)%  

— %  

0.1 %  

0.1 %  

(1.9)%  

87.1 %  

35.0 %

4.9 %

(1.4)%

— %

— %

(0.3)%

— %

3.1 %

(20.5)%

20.8 %

The Company’s effective tax rate was 21.7% in 2018, in comparison to the U.S. statutory tax rate in 2018 of 21% . The comparison of our effective tax rate to U.S.
statutory tax rate is influenced by the fact that we are subject to taxation in various state and local jurisdictions resulting in an increase in our effective tax rate,
offset mainly by income tax benefit recorded in 2018 to remeasure deferred tax assets. This remeasurement was a result of various state tax legislation enacted in
the year as well as acquisitions

105

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

which  resulted  in  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  income  apportioned  to  various  states  in  future  periods  and  accordingly  resulted  in  recognition  of  a  deferred  tax
benefit in 2018, and a decrease to our effective income tax rate in 2018.

The Company’s effective tax rate is 21.7% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 87.1% in the prior year. The decrease in our effective income tax
rate is primarily due to the recognition of an income tax expense in connection with remeasurement of our deferred taxes in 2017 as a result of the Tax Act, as well
as  a  decrease  in  the  U.S.  statutory  tax  rate  in  2018.  These  factors  are  partially  offset  by  the  income  tax  benefit  recognized  in  2017  in  connection  with  the
remeasurement of our TRA liability as a result of the Tax Act.

Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  the  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  an  asset  or  liability  and  its  reported  amount  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. Details of the Company’s deferred
tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:  

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expense and reserves

Deferred revenue

Goodwill and intangible assets

Net operating loss

Other

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Prepaid expenses

Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax assets and liabilities

Reported as:

Deferred income taxes - non-current assets

Deferred income taxes - non-current liabilities

Total deferred tax assets and liabilities

As of December 31, 2018 , the Company does not have any material net operating loss carryforwards.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax positions is as follows:

Balance at beginning of year

Decrease related to prior year tax positions

Balance at end of year

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

37   $

4,619  

409,740  

—  

4,901  

1,422

1,900

404,547

603

3,619

419,297   $

412,091

(922)  

(5,837)  

(6,759)   $

412,538   $

414,841   $

(2,303)  

412,538   $

(773)

(5,165)

(5,938)

406,153

407,782

(1,629)

406,153

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2,608   $

(2,308)  

300   $

2,608

—

2,608

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the total liability related to uncertain tax positions was $300 and 2,608 , respectively, and is included within other liabilities on
our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  table  above  presents  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  of  the  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits,
excluding interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The decrease in the liability for uncertain tax position is due to a settlement of a
tax examination during 2018. During 2018, the Company settled a tax examination for $ 2,625 which was fully indemnified. At the date of settlement the Company
had recorded on its balance sheet an unrecognized tax benefit and related indemnification asset of $ 2,967 , reflecting principal and interest, and released $ 342 as
an offset to provision for income taxes and also released an indemnification asset of $ 342 through other expense. The Company recognized interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries file U.S. federal income tax returns, as well as tax returns in various state and foreign jurisdictions. Generally, the tax years 2015
through 2018 remain open to examination by the tax authorities in these jurisdictions.

106

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Tax benefit arrangements

The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s
Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the
Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to the TRA Holders 85% of
the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings
Units sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common
stock  and  (ii)  tax  benefits  attributable  to  payments  made  under  the  tax  receivable  agreement  (including  imputed  interest).  Under  the  second  tax  receivable
agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize
as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG
Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the
remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New
Hampshire business profits tax, the TRA Holders have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such liability (up to
3.5% of the value receive upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount
of any such tax benefit to the relevant TRA LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. Due to changes in New Hampshire tax law during 2016, the Company no
longer  expects  to  incur  any  such  liability  under  the  New  Hampshire  business  profits  tax.  The  Company  recorded  other  expense  of  $4,765  ,  other  income  of
$317,350 and other expense of $72 and in the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively,  reflecting  a change in the tax benefit obligation
attributable to a change in the expected tax benefits. In 2018, the remeasurement was primarily due to various state tax legislation changes enacted in the year as
well as acquisitions which resulted in an increase in the amount of income apportioned to various states in future periods and accordingly resulted in a decrease to
the  tax  benefit  arrangement  liability.  Included  in  this  amount  in  2017, was  a  gain  of  $316,813 related  to  the  remeasurement  of  our  tax  benefit  arrangements  in
connection with changes in the tax rate due to the 2017 Tax Act. This remeasurement gain, which is not subject to federal or state income tax, favorably impacted
our effective federal and state income tax rates in 2017.  

In connection with the exchanges that occurred in the secondary offerings and other exchanges during 2018 and 2017 , 1,736,020 and 25,842,004 Holdings Units,
respectively, were redeemed by the Continuing LLC Owners for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock, resulting in an increase in the tax basis of the net
assets of Pla-Fit Holdings subject to the provisions of the tax receivable agreements. As a result of the change in Planet Fitness, Inc.’s ownership percentage of Pla-
Fit Holdings that occurred in conjunction with the exchanges, we recorded a decrease to our net deferred tax assets of $721 and $24,371 , during the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. As a result of these exchanges, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 we also recognized deferred tax
assets  in  the  amount  of  $27,565  and  $394,108  ,  respectively,  and  corresponding  tax  benefit  arrangement  liabilities  of  $23,526  and  $341,089  ,  respectively,
representing approximately 85% of the tax benefits due to the TRA Holders. The offset to the entries recorded in connection with exchanges in each year was to
stockholders’ equity.

The tax benefit obligation was $429,233 and $431,360 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.

Projected future payments under the tax benefit arrangements are as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

(16) Commitments and contingencies

(a) Operating lease commitments

Amount

24,765

24,996

25,450

25,975

26,482

301,565

429,233

$

$

The Company rents  equipment,  office,  and warehouse  space  at various  locations  in the United States  and Canada under  noncancelable  operating  leases.  Rental
expense was $24,900 , $20,296 , and $19,203 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017

107

 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

and 2016 , respectively. Approximate annual future commitments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

(b) Legal matters

Amount
$

15,911

15,219

13,454

12,561

11,133

45,324

$

113,602

From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims, charges, and litigation, such as employment-related claims and
slip and fall cases. The Company is not currently aware of any legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or result of operations.

(c) Purchase commitments

As of December 31, 2018 , the Company had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $17,848 , including commitments made by the NAF. In addition,
the Company had open purchase orders of approximately $18,189 primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees.

(d) Guarantees

The Company has guaranteed certain leases of entities that were previously related through common ownership. These guarantees relate to leases for operating
space of franchises operated by the related entities. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of its guarantees of leases, is approximately $732 and $979 as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, and would only require payment upon default by the primary obligor. The Company has determined the fair value
of these guarantees at inception is not material, and as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , no accrual has been recorded for the Company’s potential obligation under
its guaranty arrangement.

(17) Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) deferred tax savings plan (the Plan) for eligible employees. The Plan provides for the Company to make an employer matching
contribution currently equal to 100% of employee deferrals up to a maximum of 4% of each eligible participating employees’ wages. Total employer matching
contributions expensed in the consolidated statements of operations were approximately $832 , $623 , and $484 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and
2016 , respectively.

(18) Segments

The Company has three reportable segments: (i) Franchise; (ii) Corporate-owned stores; and (iii) Equipment.  

The Company’s operations are organized and managed by type of products and services and segment information is reported accordingly. The Company’s chief
operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources by reportable segment.
There have been no operating segments aggregated to arrive at the Company’s reportable segments.

The  Franchise  segment  includes  operations  related  to  the  Company’s  franchising  business  in  the  United  States,  Puerto  Rico,  Canada,  the  Dominican  Republic,
Panama  and  Mexico.  The  Corporate-owned  stores  segment  includes  operations  with  respect  to  all  Corporate-owned  stores  throughout  the  United  States  and
Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to franchisee-owned stores.

The  accounting  policies  of  the  reportable  segments  are  the  same  as  those  described  in  Note  2.  The  Company  evaluates  the  performance  of  its  segments  and
allocates resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,

108

 
 
 
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

and  amortization,  referred  to  as  Segment  EBITDA.  Revenues  for  all  operating  segments  include  only  transactions  with  unaffiliated  customers  and  include  no
intersegment revenues.

The  tables  below  summarize  the  financial  information  for  the  Company’s  reportable  segments  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 2018  , 2017 and 2016 . The
“Corporate  and  other”  column,  as  it  relates  to  Segment  EBITDA,  primarily  includes  corporate  overhead  costs,  such  as  payroll  and  related  benefit  costs  and
professional services which are not directly attributable to any individual segment.

Revenue

Franchise segment revenue - U.S.

Franchise segment revenue - International

Franchise segment total

Corporate-owned stores segment - U.S.

Corporate-owned stores segment - International

Corporate-owned stores segment total

Equipment segment - U.S.

Equipment segment total

Total revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

219,506   $

147,787   $

4,634  

224,140  

134,174  

4,425  

138,599  

210,159  

210,159  

2,368  

150,155  

107,712  

4,402  

112,114  

167,673  

167,673  

$

572,898   $

429,942   $

114,717

1,771

116,488

100,541

4,180

104,721

157,032

157,032

378,241

Franchise segment revenue includes franchise revenue, commission income and in 2018 includes NAF revenue, see Note 2 and Note 10.

Franchise revenue includes revenue generated from placement services of $11,502 , $11,371 , and $10,513 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016
, respectively. 

Segment EBITDA

Franchise

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Corporate and other

Total Segment EBITDA

The following table reconciles total Segment EBITDA to income before taxes:

Total Segment EBITDA

Less:

Depreciation and amortization

Other income (expense)

Income from operations

Interest expense, net

Other income (expense)

Income before income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

152,571   $

126,459   $

56,704  

47,607  

(43,753)  

46,855  

38,539  

284,372  

213,129   $

496,225   $

97,256

40,847

36,439

(26,007)

148,535

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

213,129   $

496,225   $

148,535

35,260  

(6,175)  

184,044  

(46,065)  

(6,175)  

31,761  

316,928  

147,536  

(35,283)  

316,928  

$

131,804   $

429,181   $

31,502

1,371

115,662

(27,125)

1,371

89,908

109

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets by reportable segment: 

Franchise

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Unallocated

Total consolidated assets

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

319,422   $

243,221  

210,462  

580,311  

243,348

167,367

206,632

475,118

1,353,416   $

1,092,465

The table above includes $1,892 and $2,558 of long-lived assets located in the Company’s international corporate-owned stores as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment:

Franchise

Corporate-owned stores

Equipment

Total consolidated goodwill

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

16,938   $

89,909  

92,666  

199,513   $

16,938

67,377

92,666

176,981

(19) Corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores

The following table shows changes in our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :

Franchisee-owned stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)

Stores operated at end of period

Corporate-owned stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened

Stores acquired from franchisees

Stores operated at end of period

Total stores:

Stores operated at beginning of period

New stores opened
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)

Stores operated at end of period

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

1,456  

226  

(16)  

1,666  

62  

4  

10  

76  

1,518  

230  

(6)  

1,742  

1,255  

206  

(5)  

1,456  

58  

4  

—  

62  

1,313  

210  

(5)  

1,518  

1,066

195

(6)

1,255

58

—

—

58

1,124

195

(6)

1,313

(1) The term “debrand” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the franchise agreement. We retain the

right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close
proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.  

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
(20) Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

Total revenue

Income from operations

Net income

Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Earnings per share:

Class A - Basic

Class A - Diluted

Total revenue

Income from operations

Net income

Net income (loss) attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.

Earnings (loss) per share:

Class A - Basic

Class A - Diluted

For the quarter ended

March 31, 
2018

June 30, 
2018

September 30, 
2018

December 31, 
2018

121,333   $

140,550   $

136,656   $

174,359

38,918  

23,493  

19,880  

0.23   $

0.23   $

48,811  

30,418  

25,874  

43,573  

20,472  

17,471  

0.30   $

0.29   $

For the quarter ended

0.20   $

0.20   $

52,742

28,779

24,796

0.29

0.29

March 31, 
2017

June 30, 
2017

September 30, 
2017

December 31, 
2017

91,102   $

107,316   $

97,496   $

33,055  

17,866  

8,842  

38,250  

18,004  

12,412  

33,954  

18,902  

15,345  

0.14   $

0.14   $

0.16   $

0.16   $

0.18   $

0.18   $

134,028

42,277

829

(3,453)

(0.04)

(0.04)

$

$

$

$

$

$

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that
are intended to ensure that information that would be required to be disclosed in Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the
time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

An evaluation was performed, under the supervision, and with the participation  of our management,  including our Chief Executive Officer  and Chief Financial
Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018 . Based on this evaluation, our Chief
Executive  Officer  and Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and procedures  were  effective  as  of  December 31, 2018 at the reasonable
assurance level.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is
defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  or  15d-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  the
company’s  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  the  company’s  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of the company; and

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
•

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of  December 31, 2018 . In making this assessment, the company’s
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated 2013
Framework.

Based on this assessment,  our management  concluded  that,  as of   December 31, 2018 , our internal  control  over financial  reporting  is effective  based on those
criteria.

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 .

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

112

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Planet Fitness, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  Planet  Fitness,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  (the  "Company")  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2018  ,  based  on  criteria
established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  In  our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 , based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance
sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018 , and the related notes and financial statement Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts  (collectively,  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”),  and  our  report  dated  March  1,  2019  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those  consolidated
financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and
are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in
accordance  with authorizations  of management  and directors  of the company; and (3) provide reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or timely  detection  of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 1, 2019

/s/ KPMG LLP

113

Item 9B. Other Information.

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information called for by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held April 29, 2019. We intend to file such Definitive Proxy Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120
days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this Item 14 will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement referenced above in Item 10 and is incorporated herein by reference.

114

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial statements (included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K):

PART IV

•

•

•

•

•

•

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statements Schedules

•

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Balance at Beginning of
Period

Provision for (recovery
of) doubtful accounts,
net

  Write-offs and other

Balance at End of
Period

$

32   $

687   $

629  

  $

  $

19

(19)

58

33   $

(636)  

—  

84

32

687

All other separate financial statements schedules have been omitted because such information is inapplicable or is included in the financial statements

or notes described above.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the following Exhibits Index, are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit
number  
1.1

Exhibit
description

Purchase Agreement dated July 19, 2018 among Planet Fitness
Master Issuer LLC, as Master Issuer, Planet Fitness SPV Guarantor
LLC, Planet Fitness Franchising LLC, Planet Fitness Assetco LLC
and Planet Fitness Distribution LLC, each as Guarantor, Planet
Fitness Holdings, LLC, as manager, the Company and Planet Fitness
Intermediate, LLC and Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, as parent companies,
and Guggenheim Securities, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
and ING Financial Markets LLC, as the initial purchasers

Incorporated by Reference

Filed
herewith  

Form

8-K

File no.

Exhibit

Filing date

001-37534

1.1

20-Jul-18

3.1

3.2

4.1

  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Planet Fitness, Inc

  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Planet Fitness, Inc.

  Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate

S-1/A

  333-205141

S-1

  333-205141

S-1/A

  333-205141

3.1

3.2

4.1

15-Jul-15

22-Jun-15

27-Jul-15

115

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Exhibit
number  
4.2

Exhibit
description
Base Indenture dated August 1, 2018 between Planet Fitness Master
Issuer LLC, as Master Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and
Securities Intermediary

Filed
herewith  

Form

8-K

Incorporated by Reference

File no.

Exhibit

Filing date

4.3

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

Series 2018-1 Supplement dated August 1, 2018 between Planet
Fitness Master Issuer LLC, as Master Issuer of the Series 2018-1
fixed rate senior secured notes, Class A-2, and Series 2018-1 variable
funding senior notes, Class A-1, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and
Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary

Form of Amended and Restated Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC Operating
Agreement

Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing LLC
Owners

  Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Direct TSG Investors

  Form of Registration Rights Agreement

Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
August 30, 2016, by and among Planet Fitness, Inc., the Investors (as
defined therein) and the Managers (as defined therein)

  Form of Stockholders Agreement

  Form of Exchange Agreement

Amendment No. 1 to the Exchange Agreement, dated August 30,
2016, by and among Planet Fitness, Inc., Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and
the holders of Holdings Units (as defined therein) and shares of Class
B Common Stock (as defined therein)

10.9

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Christopher
Rondeau

10.10

  Form of Director Indemnification Agreement

10.11

  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dorvin Lively    

10.12

  Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

10.13

Form of Class M Unit Award under Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013
Equity Incentive Plan

10.14

  Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

S-1/A

  333-205141

10.15

  Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan

10.16

  Form of Recapitalization Agreement

10.17

  Form of Stock Option Award

10.18

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award

10.19

Fixed Dollar Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction
Confirmation, dated November 13, 2018

S-1

S-1/A

S-1/A

S-1/A

8-K

  333-205141

  333-205141

  333-205141

  333-205141

001-37534

116

001-37534

8-K

001-37534

S-1/A

333-205141

S-1/A

333-205141

S-1/A

S-1/A

10-Q

S-1/A

S-1/A

10-Q

  333-205141

  333-205141

001-37534

  333-205141

  333-205141

001-37534

S-1/A

S-1/A

S-1

S-1

  333-205141

  333-205141

  333-205141

333-205141

4.1

4.2

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.2

10.8

10.9

10.1

1-Aug-18

1-Aug-18

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

03-Nov-16

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

03-Nov-16

10.11

10.12

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.1

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

22-Jun-15

22-Jun-15

15-Jul-15

22-Jun-15

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

15-Jul-15

14-Nov-18

S-1/A

333-205141

10.10

15-Jul-15

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
number  

Exhibit
description

Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated July 19, 2018 among
Planet Fitness Master Issuer LLC, as Master Issuer, Planet Fitness
SPV Guarantor LLC, Planet Fitness Franchising LLC, Planet Fitness
Assetco LLC and Planet Fitness Equipment Distributor LLC, each as
Guarantor, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, as manager, certain conduit
investors and financial institutions and funding agents, and ING
Capital LLC, as provider of letters of credit, as swingline lender and
as administrative agent

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated August 1, 2018 among
Planet Fitness Franchising LLC, Planet Fitness Distribution LLC,
Planet Fitness Assetco LLC and Planet Fitness SPV Guarantor LLC,
each as a Guarantor, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

Management Agreement dated August 1, 2018 among Planet Fitness
Master Issuer LLC, Planet Fitness SPV Guarantor LLC, certain
subsidiaries of Planet Fitness Master Issuer LLC party thereto, Planet
Fitness Holdings, LLC, as Manager, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  Consent of KPMG, LLP

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002

Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i)
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Statements
of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements

10.20

10.21

10.22

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

117

Incorporated by Reference

Filed
herewith  

Form

8-K

File no.

Exhibit

Filing date

001-37534

10.1

20-Jul-18

8-K

001-37534

10.1

1-Aug-18

8-K

001-37534

10.2

1-Aug-18

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

118

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .

SIGNATURES

Planet Fitness, Inc.

Date: March 1, 2019  

/s/ Dorvin Lively

Dorvin Lively

President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Christopher Rondeau

  Chief Executive Officer and Director

  March 1, 2019

Christopher Rondeau

  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Dorvin Lively

Dorvin Lively

/s/ David Berg

David Berg

/s/ Frances Rathke

Frances Rathke

/s/ Craig Benson

Craig Benson

/s/ Cammie Dunaway

Cammie Dunaway

/s/ Stephen Spinelli, Jr.

Stephen Spinelli, Jr.

  President and Chief Financial Officer

  March 1, 2019

  (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

119

  March 1, 2019

  March 1, 2019

  March 1, 2019

  March 1, 2019

  March 1, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PLANET FITNESS, INC.

ENTITY

Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC

Planet Intermediate, LLC

Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC

Planet Fitness SPV Guarantor LLC

Planet Fitness Master Issuer LLC

Planet Fitness Franchising LLC

Planet Fitness Distribution LLC

Planet Fitness Assetco LLC

Planet Fitness Realco, LLC

Pla-Fit Health LLC

PF Coventry, LLC

Pla-Fit Health NJNY LLC

Bayonne Fitness Group, LLC

Bayshore Fitness Group LLC

601 Washington Street Fitness Group, LLC

Levittown Fitness Group, LLC

Long Island Fitness Group, LLC

Melville Fitness Group, LLC

Peekskill Fitness Group, LLC

Carle Place Fitness LLC

Edison Fitness Group LLC

1040 South Broadway Fitness Group

JFZ LLC

Pla-Fit Colorado LLC

PF Derry LLC

PFCA LLC

PF Vallejo, LLC

Pizzazz, LLC

PFPA, LLC

PF Kingston, LLC

Pla-Fit Warminster LLC

Pizzazz II, LLC

PF Greensburg LLC

PF Erie LLC

PFIP International

Planet Fitness International Franchise

Planet Fitness Equipment LLC

Pla-Fit Canada Inc.

Pla-Fit Canada Franchise Inc.

Pla-Fit Franchise LLC

PFIP, LLC

Planet Fitness NAF, LLC

  JURISDICTION

  Delaware

  Delaware

  New Hampshire

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Jersey

  New York

  New York

  New York

  New York

  New York

  New York

  New York

  New Jersey

  New York

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  California

  Pennsylvania

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  Pennsylvania

  Pennsylvania

  Pennsylvania

  Cayman Islands

  Cayman Islands

  New Hampshire

  British Columbia

  British Columbia

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

  New Hampshire

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

The Board of Directors
Planet Fitness, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-224887 and 333-206158) and on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-213417
and 333-215317) of Planet Fitness, Inc. of our reports dated March 1, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the
years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2018,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  Schedule  II-Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts
(collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements),  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2018,  which  reports
appear in the December 31, 2018 annual report on Form 10-K of Planet Fitness, Inc.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018 due to the
adoption of the new revenue standard.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2019

/s/ KPMG LLP

Exhibit 31.1

I, Chris Rondeau, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “registrant”);

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

(a) 
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our

(b) 
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) 
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s

(d) 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely

to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over

financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Christopher Rondeau

Christopher Rondeau

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Dorvin Lively, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “registrant”);

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely

to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over

financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Dorvin Lively

Dorvin Lively

President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the annual report of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Chris Rondeau, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

•

•

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the
periods presented therein.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Christopher Rondeau

Christopher Rondeau

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the annual report of Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dorvin Lively, President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

•

•

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the
periods presented therein.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Dorvin Lively

Dorvin Lively

President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)